US20080166351A1 - Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies - Google Patents

Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20080166351A1
US20080166351A1 US11/935,897 US93589707A US2008166351A1 US 20080166351 A1 US20080166351 A1 US 20080166351A1 US 93589707 A US93589707 A US 93589707A US 2008166351 A1 US2008166351 A1 US 2008166351A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
antibody
cancer
vegf
bevacizumab
vegf antibody
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US11/935,897
Inventor
Gwendolyn Fyfe
Eric Holmgren
Robert D. Mass
William Novotny
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Genentech Inc
Original Assignee
Genentech Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=33551495&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20080166351(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Genentech Inc filed Critical Genentech Inc
Priority to US11/935,897 priority Critical patent/US20080166351A1/en
Publication of US20080166351A1 publication Critical patent/US20080166351A1/en
Priority to US12/415,599 priority patent/US20090191215A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/3955—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against proteinaceous materials, e.g. enzymes, hormones, lymphokines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/28—Compounds containing heavy metals
    • A61K31/282—Platinum compounds
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/337—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having four-membered rings, e.g. taxol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • A61K31/4523—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4545—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a six-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pipamperone, anabasine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4738—Quinolines; Isoquinolines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4745—Quinolines; Isoquinolines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems condensed with ring systems having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. phenantrolines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/513—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim having oxo groups directly attached to the heterocyclic ring, e.g. cytosine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/52—Purines, e.g. adenine
    • A61K31/522—Purines, e.g. adenine having oxo groups directly attached to the heterocyclic ring, e.g. hypoxanthine, guanine, acyclovir
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/525—Isoalloxazines, e.g. riboflavins, vitamin B2
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/555—Heterocyclic compounds containing heavy metals, e.g. hemin, hematin, melarsoprol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/56—Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids
    • A61K31/57—Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of two carbon atoms, e.g. pregnane or progesterone
    • A61K31/573—Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of two carbon atoms, e.g. pregnane or progesterone substituted in position 21, e.g. cortisone, dexamethasone, prednisone or aldosterone
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/7064—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
    • A61K31/7068—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/04—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/08—Peptides having 5 to 11 amino acids
    • A61K38/09—Luteinising hormone-releasing hormone [LHRH], i.e. Gonadotropin-releasing hormone [GnRH]; Related peptides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/19—Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • A61K38/21—Interferons [IFN]
    • A61K38/212—IFN-alpha
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/43—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/46—Hydrolases (3)
    • A61K38/50—Hydrolases (3) acting on carbon-nitrogen bonds, other than peptide bonds (3.5), e.g. asparaginase
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/39541—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against normal tissues, cells
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/39558—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against tumor tissues, cells, antigens
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0019—Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04—Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/22—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against growth factors ; against growth regulators
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/30—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants from tumour cells
    • C07K16/3046—Stomach, Intestines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/21—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin from primates, e.g. man
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C07K2317/565—Complementarity determining region [CDR]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C07K2317/567—Framework region [FR]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/76—Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding

Definitions

  • This invention relates in general to treatment of human diseases and pathological conditions. More specifically, the invention relates to anti-angiogenesis therapy of cancer, either alone or in combination with other anti-cancer therapies.
  • Cancer remains to be one of the most deadly threats to human health.
  • cancer affects nearly 1.3 million new patients each year, and is the second leading cause of death after heart disease, accounting for approximately 1 in 4 deaths. It is also predicted that cancer may surpass cardiovascular diseases as the number one cause of death within 5 years. Solid tumors are responsible for most of those deaths.
  • the overall 5-year survival rate for all cancers has improved only by about 10% in the past 20 years. Cancers, or malignant tumors, metastasize and grow rapidly in an uncontrolled manner, making timely detection and treatment extremely difficult.
  • cancers can arise from almost any tissue in the body through malignant transformation of one or a few normal cells within the tissue, and each type of cancer with particular tissue origin differs from the others.
  • Angiogenesis is an important cellular event in which vascular endothelial cells proliferate, prune and reorganize to form new vessels from preexisting vascular network.
  • Angiogenesis is also implicated in the pathogenesis of a variety of disorders, including but not limited to, tumors, proliferative retinopathies, age-related macular degeneration, rheumatoid arthritis (RA), and psoriasis.
  • Angiogenesis is essential for the growth of most primary tumors and their subsequent metastasis. Tumors can absorb sufficient nutrients and oxygen by simple diffusion up to a size of 1-2 mm, at which point their further growth requires the elaboration of vascular supply. This process is thought to involve recruitment of the neighboring host mature vasculature to begin sprouting new blood vessel capillaries, which grow towards, and subsequently infiltrate, the tumor mass.
  • tumor angiogenesis involve the recruitment of circulating endothelial precursor cells from the bone marrow to promote neovascularization. Kerbel (2000) Carcinogenesis 21:505-515; Lynden et al. (2001) Nat. Med. 7:1194-1201.
  • angiogenesis process is regulated by a balance between pro- and anti-angiogenic molecules, and is derailed in various diseases, especially cancer. Carmeliet and Jain (2000) Nature 407:249-257.
  • VEGF Vascular endothelial cell growth factor
  • VPF vascular permeability factor
  • VEGF is required for the cyclical blood vessel proliferation in the female reproductive tract and for bone growth and cartilage formation.
  • Ferrara et al. (1998) Nature Med. 4:336-340; Gerber et al. (1999) Nature Med. 5:623-628.
  • VEGF in addition to being an angiogenic factor in angiogenesis and vasculogenesis, VEGF, as a pleiotropic growth factor, exhibits multiple biological effects in other physiological processes, such as endothelial cell survival, vessel permeability and vasodilation, monocyte chemotaxis and calcium influx. Ferrara and Davis-Smyth (1997), supra. Moreover, recent studies have reported mitogenic effects of VEGF on a few non-endothelial cell types, such as retinal pigment epithelial cells, pancreatic duct cells and Schwann cells. Guerrin et al. (1995) J. Cell Physiol. 164:385-394; Oberg-Welsh et al. (1997) Mol. Cell. Endocrinol. 126:125-132; Sondell et al. (1999) J. Neurosci. 19:5731-5740.
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • the VEGF mRNA is overexpressed by the majority of human tumors examined (Berkman et al. J Clin Invest 91:153-159 (1993); Brown et al. Human Pathol. 26:86-91 (1995); Brown et al. Cancer Res. 53:4727-4735 (1993); Mattern et al. Brit. J. Cancer. 73:931-934 (1996); and Dvorak et al. Am J. Pathol. 146:1029-1039 (1995)).
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • VEGF Given its central role in promoting tumor growth, VEGF provides an attractive target for therapeutic intervention. Indeed, a variety of therapeutic strategies aimed at blocking VEGF or its receptor signaling system are currently being developed for the treatment of neoplastic diseases. Rosen (2000) Oncologist 5:20-27; Ellis et al. (2000) Oncologist 5:11-15; Kerbel (2001) J. Clin. Oncol. 19:45S-51S. So far, VEGF/VEGF receptor blockade by monoclonal antibodies and inhibition of receptor signaling by tyrosine kinase inhibitors are the best studied approaches. VEGFR-1 ribozymes, VEGF toxin conjugates, and soluble VEGF receptors are also being investigated.
  • Bevacizumab (BV)
  • BV also known as “rhuMAb VEGF” or “AvastinTM”
  • rhuMAb VEGF a recombinant humanized anti-VFGF monoclonal antibody generated according to Presta et al. (1997) Cancer Res. 57:4593-4599. It comprises mutated human IgG1 framework regions and antigen-binding complementarity-determining regions from the murine anti-hVEGF monoclonal antibody A.4.6.1 that blocks binding of human VEGF to its receptors.
  • Approximately 93% of the amino acid sequence of Bevacizumab, including most of the framework regions, is derived from human IgG1, and about 7% of the sequence is derived from the murine antibody A4.6.1.
  • Bevacizumab has a molecular mass of about 149,000 daltons and is glycosylated. Bevacizumab is being investigated clinically for treating various cancers, and some early stage trials have shown promising results. Kerbel (2001) J. Clin. Oncol. 19:45S-51S; De Vore et al. (2000) Proc. Am. Soc. Clin. Oncol. 19:485a; Johnson et al. (2001) Proc. Am. Soc. Clin. Oncol. 20:315a; Kabbinavar et al. (2003) J. Clin. Oncol. 21:60-65.
  • the present invention concerns methods of using anti-VEGF antibody for treating diseases and pathological conditions.
  • the invention provides an effective approach for treating cancers, partially based on the unexpected results that adding anti-VEGF antibody to a standard chemotherapy results in statistically significant and clinically meaningful improvements among cancer patients.
  • the invention provides a method of treating cancer in a human patient, comprising administering to the patient effective amounts of an anti-VEGF antibody and an anti-neoplastic composition, wherein said anti-neoplastic composition comprises at least one chemotherapeutic agent.
  • the cancer amendable for treatment by the present invention include, but not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia or lymphoid malignancies. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell cancer, lung cancer (including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung, and squamous carcinoma of the lung), cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer (including gastrointestinal cancer), pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma and various types of head and neck cancer, as well as B-cell lymphoma (including low grade/follicular non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (
  • the cancer is selected from the group consisting of breast cancer, colorectal cancer, rectal cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, non-Hodgkins lymphoma (NHL), renal cell cancer, prostate cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, soft-tissue sarcoma, kaposi's sarcoma, carcinoid carcinoma, head and neck cancer, melanoma, ovarian cancer, mesothelioma, and multiple myeloma. More preferably, the cancer is colorectal cancer.
  • the cancerous conditions amendible for treatment of the invention include metastatic cancers.
  • the method of the present invention is particularly suitable for the treatment of vascularized tumors.
  • chemotherapeutic agent exhibiting anticancer activity
  • the chemotherapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of alkylating agents, antimetabolites, folic acid analogs, pyrimidine analogs, purine analogs and related inhibitors, vinca alkaloids, epipodopyyllotoxins, antibiotics, L-Asparaginase, topoisomerase inhibitor, interferons, platinum cooridnation complexes, anthracenedione substituted urea, methyl hydrazine derivatives, adrenocortical suppressant, adrenocorticosteroides, progestins, estrogens, antiestrogen, androgens, antiandrogen, and gonadotropin-releasing hormone analog.
  • the chemotherapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of 5-fluorouracil (5-FU), leucovorin (LV), irenotecan, oxaliplatin, capecitabine, paclitaxel and doxetaxel.
  • 5-fluorouracil 5-FU
  • LV leucovorin
  • irenotecan oxaliplatin
  • capecitabine paclitaxel
  • doxetaxel Two or more chemotherapeutic agents can be used in a cocktail to be administered in combination with administration of the anti-VEGF antibody.
  • One preferred combination chemotherapy is fluorouracil-based, comprising 5-FU and one or more other chemotherapeutic agent(s).
  • Suitable dosing regimens of combination chemotherapies are known in the art and described in, for example, Saltz et al. (1999) Proc ASCO 18:233a and Douillard et al. (2000) Lancet 355:1041-7.
  • the present invention provides a method for increasing the duration of survival of a human patient having cancer, comprising administering to the patient effective amounts of an anti-VEGF antibody composition and an anti-neoplastic composition, wherein said anti-neoplastic composition comprises at least one chemotherapeutic agent, whereby the co-administration of the anti-VEGF antibody and the anti-neoplastic composition effectively increases the duration of survival.
  • the present invention provides a method for increasing the progression free survival of a human patient having cancer, comprising administering to the patient effective amounts of an anti-VEGF antibody composition and an anti-neoplastic composition, wherein said anti-neoplastic composition comprises at least one chemotherapeutic agent, whereby the co-administration of the anti-VEGF antibody and the anti-neoplastic composition effectively increases the duration of progression free survival.
  • the present invention provides a method for treating a group of human patients having cancer, comprising administering to the patient effective amounts of an anti-VEGF antibody composition and an anti-neoplastic composition, wherein said anti-neoplastic composition comprises at least one chemotherapeutic agent, whereby the co-administration of the anti-VEGF antibody and the anti-neoplastic composition effectively increases the response rate in the group of patients.
  • the present invention provides a method for increasing the duration of response of a human patient having cancer, comprising administering to the patient effective amounts of an anti-VEGF antibody composition and an anti-neoplastic composition, wherein said anti-neoplastic composition comprises at least one chemotherapeutic agent, whereby the co-administration of the anti-VEGF antibody and the anti-neoplastic composition effectively increases the duration of response.
  • the invention also provides a method of treating a human patient susceptible to or diagnosed with colorectal cancer, comprising administering to the patient effective amounts of an anti-VEGF antibody.
  • the colorectal cancer can be metastatic.
  • the anti-VEGF antibody treatment can be further combined with a standard chemotherapy for colorectal cancer such as the Saltz (5-FU/LV/irinotecan) regimen described by Saltz et al. (1999).
  • the invention provides a method of treating a human patient or a group of human patients having metastatic colorectal cancer, comprising administering to the patient effective amounts of an anti-VEGF antibody composition and an anti-neoplastic composition, wherein said anti-neoplastic composition comprises at least one chemotherapeutic agent, whereby the co-administration of the anti-VEGF antibody and the anti-neoplastic composition results in statistically significant and clinically meaningful improvement of the treated patient as measured by the duration of survival, progression free survival, response rate or duration of response.
  • the anti-neoplastic composition is a fluorouracil based combination regimen. More preferably the combination regimen comprises 5-FU+leucovorin, 5-FU+leucovorin+irinotecan (IFL), or 5-FU+leucorvin+oxaliplatin (FOLFOX).
  • the invention provides an article of manufacture comprising a container, a composition within the container comprising an anti-VEGF antibody and a package insert instructing the user of the composition to administer to a cancer patient the anti-VEGF antibody composition and an anti-neoplastic composition comprising at least one chemotherapeutic agent.
  • the invention also provides a kit for treating cancer in a patient comprising a package comprising an anti-VEGF antibody composition and instructions for using the anti-VEGF antibody composition and an anti-neoplastic composition comprising at least one chemotherapeutic agent for treating cancer in a patient.
  • FIG. 1 represents Kaplan-Meier estimates of survival.
  • the median duration of survival (indicated by the dotted lines) was 20.3 months in the group given irinotecan, fluorouracil, and leucovorin (IFL) plus bevacizumab, as compared with 15.6 months in the group given IFL plus placebo, corresponding to a hazard ratio for death of 0.66 (P ⁇ 0.001).
  • FIG. 2 represents Kaplan-Meier estimates of progression-free survival.
  • the median duration of progression-free survival was 10.6 months in the group given irinotecan, fluorouracil, and leucovorin (IFL) plus bevacizumab, as compared with 6.2 months in the group given IFL plus placebo, corresponding to a hazard ratio for progression of 0.54 (P ⁇ 0.001).
  • FIGS. 3A-3C provide analysis of duration of survival by different subgroups of patients divided by baseline characteristics.
  • FIG. 4 represents Kaplan-Meier estimates of survival comparing the group given 5-FU/LV plus placebo vs. the group given 5-FU/LV plus bevacizumab (BV).
  • FIG. 5 represents Kaplan-Meier estimates of progression-free survival comparing the group given 5-FU/LV plus placebo vs. the group given 5-FU/LV plus bevacizumab (BV).
  • VEGF vascular endothelial cell growth factor
  • VEGF-A vascular endothelial cell growth factor and related 121-, 189-, and 206-amino acid vascular endothelial cell growth factors, as described by Leung et al. Science, 246:1306 (1989), and Houck et al. Mol. Endocrin., 5:1806 (1991), together with the naturally occurring allelic and processed forms thereof.
  • VEGF is also used to refer to truncated forms of the polypeptide comprising amino acids 8 to 109 or 1 to 109 of the 165-amino acid human vascular endothelial cell growth factor.
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • VEGF 8-109 vascular endothelial growth factor
  • VEGF (1-109) vascular endothelial growth factor
  • VEGF 165 The amino acid positions for a “truncated” native VEGF are numbered as indicated in the native VEGF sequence. For example, amino acid position 17 (methionine) in truncated native VEGF is also position 17 (methionine) in native VEGF.
  • the truncated native VEGF has binding affinity for the KDR and Flt-1 receptors comparable to native VEGF.
  • an “anti-VEGF antibody” is an antibody that binds to VEGF with sufficient affinity and specificity.
  • the anti-VEGF antibody of the invention can be used as a therapeutic agent in targeting and interfering with diseases or conditions wherein the VEGF activity is involved.
  • An anti-VEGF antibody will usually not bind to other VEGF homologues such as VEGF-B or VEGF-C, nor other growth factors such as PlGF, PDGF or bFGF.
  • a preferred anti-VEGF antibody is a monoclonal antibody that binds to the same epitope as the monoclonal anti-VEGF antibody A4.6.1 produced by hybridoma ATCC HB 10709.
  • the anti-VEGF antibody is a recombinant humanized anti-VEGF monoclonal antibody generated according to Presta et al. (1997) Cancer Res. 57:4593-4599, including but not limited to the antibody known as bevacizumab (BV; AvastinTM).
  • VEGF antagonist refers to a molecule capable of neutralizing, blocking, inhibiting, abrogating, reducing or interfering with VEGF activities including its binding to one or more VEGF receptors.
  • VEGF antagonists include anti-VEGF antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof, receptor molecules and derivatives which bind specifically to VEGF thereby sequestering its binding to one or more receptors, anti-VEGF receptor antibodies and VEGF receptor antagonists such as small molecule inhibitors of the VEGFR tyrosine kinases.
  • the numbering of the residues in an immunoglobulin heavy chain is that of the EU index as in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991), expressly incorporated herein by reference.
  • the “EU index as in Kabat” refers to the residue numbering of the human IgG1 EU antibody.
  • a “native sequence” polypeptide comprises a polypeptide having the same amino acid sequence as a polypeptide derived from nature.
  • a native sequence polypeptide can have the amino acid sequence of naturally-occurring polypeptide from any mammal.
  • Such native sequence polypeptide can be isolated from nature or can be produced by recombinant or synthetic means.
  • the term “native sequence” polypeptide specifically encompasses naturally-occurring truncated or secreted forms of the polypeptide (e.g., an extracellular domain sequence), naturally-occurring variant forms (e.g., alternatively spliced forms) and naturally-occurring allelic variants of the polypeptide.
  • a polypeptide “variant” means a biologically active polypeptide having at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity with the native sequence polypeptide.
  • variants include, for instance, polypeptides wherein one or more amino acid residues are added, or deleted, at the N- or C-terminus of the polypeptide.
  • a variant will have at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity, more preferably at least about 90% amino acid sequence identity, and even more preferably at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity with the native sequence polypeptide.
  • antibody is used in the broadest sense and includes monoclonal antibodies (including full length or intact monoclonal antibodies), polyclonal antibodies, multivalent antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies), and antibody fragments (see below) so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity.
  • multivalent antibody is used throughout this specification to denote an antibody comprising three or more antigen binding sites.
  • the multivalent antibody is preferably engineered to have the three or more antigen binding sites and is generally not a native sequence IgM or IgA antibody.
  • Antibody fragments comprise only a portion of an intact antibody, generally including an antigen binding site of the intact antibody and thus retaining the ability to bind antigen.
  • Examples of antibody fragments encompassed by the present definition include: (i) the Fab fragment, having VL, CL, VH and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fab′ fragment, which is a Fab fragment having one or more cysteine residues at the C-terminus of the CH1 domain; (iii) the Fd fragment having VH and CH1 domains; (iv) the Fd′ fragment having VH and CH1 domains and one or more cysteine residues at the C-terminus of the CH1 domain; (v) the Fv fragment having the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody; (vi) the dAb fragment (Ward et al., Nature 341, 544-546 (1989)) which consists of a VH domain; (vii) isolated CDR regions; (viii) F(ab′) 2 fragments,
  • the term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigen. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations that typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen.
  • the modifier “monoclonal” is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method.
  • the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler et al., Nature 256:495 (1975), or may be made by recombinant DNA methods (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567).
  • the “monoclonal antibodies” may also be isolated from phage antibody libraries using the techniques described in Clackson et al., Nature 352:624-628 (1991) or Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol. 222:581-597 (1991), for example.
  • the monoclonal antibodies herein specifically include “chimeric” antibodies in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; and Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:6851-6855 (1984)).
  • “Humanized” forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are chimeric antibodies that contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin.
  • humanized antibodies are human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a hypervariable region of the recipient are replaced by residues from a hypervariable region of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, rabbit or nonhuman primate having the desired specificity, affinity, and capacity.
  • donor antibody such as mouse, rat, rabbit or nonhuman primate having the desired specificity, affinity, and capacity.
  • framework region (FR) residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues.
  • humanized antibodies may comprise residues that are not found in the recipient antibody or in the donor antibody. These modifications are made to further refine antibody performance.
  • the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the hypervariable loops correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FRs are those of a human immunoglobulin sequence.
  • the humanized antibody optionally will also comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin.
  • Fc immunoglobulin constant region
  • a “human antibody” is one which possesses an amino acid sequence which corresponds to that of an antibody produced by a human and/or has been made using any of the techniques for making human antibodies as disclosed herein. This definition of a human antibody specifically excludes a humanized antibody comprising non-human antigen-binding residues.
  • Human antibodies can be produced using various techniques known in the art. In one embodiment, the human antibody is selected from a phage library, where that phage library expresses human antibodies (Vaughan et al. Nature Biotechnology 14:309-314 (1996): Sheets et al. PNAS ( USA ) 95:6157-6162 (1998)); Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol.
  • Human antibodies can also be made by introducing human immunoglobulin loci into transgenic animals, e.g., mice in which the endogenous immunoglobulin genes have been partially or completely inactivated. Upon challenge, human antibody production is observed, which closely resembles that seen in humans in all respects, including gene rearrangement, assembly, and antibody repertoire. This approach is described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • the human antibody may be prepared via immortalization of human B lymphocytes producing an antibody directed against a target antigen (such B lymphocytes may be recovered from an individual or may have been immunized in vitro). See, e.g., Cole et al., Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy , Alan R. Liss, p. 77 (1985); Boerner et al., J. Immunol., 147 (1):86-95 (1991); and U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,373.
  • affinity matured antibody is one with one or more alterations in one or more CDRs thereof which result an improvement in the affinity of the antibody for antigen, compared to a parent antibody which does not possess those alteration(s).
  • Preferred affinity matured antibodies will have nanomolar or even picomolar affinities for the target antigen.
  • Affinity matured antibodies are produced by procedures known in the art. Marks et al. Bio/Technology 10:779-783 (1992) describes affinity maturation by VH and VL domain shuffling. Random mutagenesis of CDR and/or framework residues is described by: Barbas et al. Proc Nat. Acad. Sci, USA 91:3809-3813 (1994); Schier et al.
  • an “isolated” polypeptide is one that has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials that would interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the polypeptide, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or nonproteinaceous solutes.
  • the polypeptide will be purified (1) to greater than 95% by weight of polypeptide as determined by the Lowry method, and most preferably more than 99% by weight, (2) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator, or (3) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under reducing or nonreducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain.
  • Isolated polypeptide includes the polypeptide in situ within recombinant cells since at least one component of the polypeptide's natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated polypeptide will be prepared by at least one purification step.
  • a “functional antigen binding site” of an antibody is one which is capable of binding a target antigen.
  • the antigen binding affinity of the antigen binding site is not necessarily as strong as the parent antibody from which the antigen binding site is derived, but the ability to bind antigen must be measurable using any one of a variety of methods known for evaluating antibody binding to an antigen.
  • the antigen binding affinity of each of the antigen binding sites of a multivalent antibody herein need not be quantitatively the same.
  • the number of functional antigen binding sites can be evaluated using ultracentrifugation analysis as described in Example 2 below.
  • An antibody having a “biological characteristic” of a designated antibody is one which possesses one or more of the biological characteristics of that antibody which distinguish it from other antibodies that bind to the same antigen.
  • an “agonist antibody” is an antibody which binds to and activates a receptor.
  • the receptor activation capability of the agonist antibody will be at least qualitatively similar (and may be essentially quantitatively similar) to a native agonist ligand of the receptor.
  • An example of an agonist antibody is one which binds to a receptor in the TNF receptor superfamily and induces apoptosis of cells expressing the TNF receptor. Assays for determining induction of apoptosis are described in WO98/51793 and WO99/37684, both of which are expressly incorporated herein by reference.
  • a “disorder” is any condition that would benefit from treatment with the antibody. This includes chronic and acute disorders or diseases including those pathological conditions which predispose the mammal to the disorder in question.
  • disorders to be treated herein include benign and malignant tumors; leukemias and lymphoid malignancies; neuronal, glial, astrocytal, hypothalamic and other glandular, macrophagal, epithelial, stromal and blastocoelic disorders; and inflammatory, angiogenic and immunologic disorders.
  • the term “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount of a drug effective to treat a disease or disorder in a mammal.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of the drug may reduce the number of cancer cells; reduce the tumor size; inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) cancer cell infiltration into peripheral organs; inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) tumor metastasis; inhibit, to some extent, tumor growth; and/or relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms associated with the disorder.
  • the drug may prevent growth and/or kill existing cancer cells, it may be cytostatic and/or cytotoxic.
  • efficacy in vivo can, for example, be measured by assessing the duration of survival, time to disease progression (TTP), the response rates (RR), duration of response, and/or quality of life.
  • Treatment refers to both therapeutic treatment and prophylactic or preventative measures. Those in need of treatment include those already with the disorder as well as those in which the disorder is to be prevented.
  • cancer and “cancerous” refer to or describe the physiological condition in mammals that is typically characterized by unregulated cell growth.
  • Examples of cancer include but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia.
  • cancers include squamous cell cancer, lung cancer (including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung, and squamous carcinoma of the lung), cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer (including gastrointestinal cancer), pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma and various types of head and neck cancer, as well as B-cell lymphoma (including low grade/follicular non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL); small lymphocytic (SL) NHL; intermediate grade/follicular NHL; intermediate grade diffuse NHL; high grade immunoblastic NHL; high grade lymphoblastic NHL; high grade small non-clea
  • mammalian host refers to any compatible transplant recipient.
  • compatible is meant a mammalian host that will accept the donated graft.
  • the host is human. If both the donor of the graft and the host are human, they are preferably matched for HLA class II antigens so as to improve histocompatibility.
  • cytotoxic agent refers to a substance that inhibits or prevents the function of cells and/or causes destruction of cells.
  • the term is intended to include radioactive isotopes (e.g. At 211 , I 131 , I 125 , Y 90 , Re 186 , Re 188 , Sm 153 , Bi 212 , P 32 and radioactive isotopes of Lu), chemotherapeutic agents, and toxins such as small molecule toxins or enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, including fragments and/or variants thereof.
  • radioactive isotopes e.g. At 211 , I 131 , I 125 , Y 90 , Re 186 , Re 188 , Sm 153 , Bi 212 , P 32 and radioactive isotopes of Lu
  • chemotherapeutic agents e.g. At 211 , I 131 , I 125 , Y 90 , Re 186
  • anti-neoplastic composition refers to a composition useful in treating cancer comprising at least one active therapeutic agent capable of inhibiting or preventing tumor growth or function, and/or causing destruction of tumor cells.
  • Therapeutic agents suitable in an anti-neoplastic composition for treating cancer include, but not limited to, chemotherapeutic agents, radioactive isotopes, toxins, cytokines such as interferons, and antagonistic agents targeting cytokines, cytokine receptors or antigens associated with tumor cells.
  • therapeutic agents useful in the present invention can be antibodies such as anti-HER2 antibody and anti-CD20 antibody, or small molecule tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as VEGF receptor inhibitors and EGF receptor inhibitors.
  • the therapeutic agent is a chemotherapeutic agent.
  • chemotherapeutic agent is a chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer.
  • examples of chemotherapeutic agents include alkylating agents such as thiotepa and CYTOXAN® cyclosphosphamide; alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; ethylenimines and methylamelamines including altretamine, triethylenemelamine, trietylenephosphoramide, triethiylenethiophosphoramide and trimethylolomelamine; acetogenins (especially bullatacin and bullatacinone); a camptothecin (including the synthetic analogue topotecan); bryostatin; callystatin; CC-1065 (including its adozelesin, carzelesin and bizelesin synthetic analogues); cryptophyc
  • dynemicin including dynemicin A; bisphosphonates, such as clodronate; an esperamicin; as well as neocarzinostatin chromophore and related chromoprotein enediyne antiobiotic chromophores), aclacinomysins, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin, carabicin, caminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycinis, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, ADRIAMYCIN® doxorubicin (including morpholino-doxorubicin, cyanomorpholino-doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolino-doxorubicin and deoxydoxorubicin), epirubicin, esor
  • anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tumors
  • SERMs selective estrogen receptor modulators
  • tamoxifen including NOLVADEX® tamoxifen
  • raloxifene including NOLVADEX® tamoxifen
  • droloxifene 4-hydroxytamoxifen
  • trioxifene keoxifene
  • LY117018 onapristone
  • aromatase inhibitors that inhibit the enzyme aromatase, which regulates estrogen production in the adrenal glands, such as, for example, 4(5)-imidazoles, aminoglutethimide, MEGASE® megestrol acetate, AROMASIN® exemestane, formestanie, fadrozole, RIVISOR® vorozole, FEMARA® letrozole, and ARIMIDEX® anastrozole
  • anti-androgens such as flutamide, nil
  • a “growth inhibitory agent” when used herein refers to a compound or composition which inhibits growth of a cell in vitro and/or in vivo.
  • the growth inhibitory agent may be one which significantly reduces the percentage of cells in S phase.
  • growth inhibitory agents include agents that block cell cycle progression (at a place other than S phase), such as agents that induce G1 arrest and M-phase arrest.
  • Classical M-phase blockers include the vincas (vincristine and vinblastine), TAXOL®, and topo II inhibitors such as doxorubicin, epirubicin, daunorubicin, etoposide, and bleomycin.
  • DNA alkylating agents such as tamoxifen, prednisone, dacarbazine, mechlorethamine, cisplatin, methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, and ara-C. Further information can be found in The Molecular Basis of Cancer , Mendelsohn and Israel, eds., Chapter 1, entitled “Cell cycle regulation, oncogenes, and antineoplastic drugs” by Murakami et al. (WB Saunders: Philadelphia, 1995), especially p. 13.
  • cytokine is a generic term for proteins released by one cell population which act on another cell as intercellular mediators.
  • cytokines are lymphokines, monokines, and traditional polypeptide hormones. Included among the cytokines are growth hormone such as human growth hormone, N-methionyl human growth hormone, and bovine growth hormone; parathyroid hormone; thyroxine; insulin; proinsulin; relaxin; prorelaxin; glycoprotein hormones such as follicle stimulating hormone (FSH), thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), and luteinizing hormone (LH); epidermal growth factor; hepatic growth factor; fibroblast growth factor; prolactin; placental lactogen; tumor necrosis factor-alpha and -beta; mullerian-inhibiting substance; mouse gonadotropin-associated peptide; inhibin; activin; vascular endothelial growth factor; integrin; thrombopoietin (TPO); nerve growth factors such as NGF
  • prodrug refers to a precursor or derivative form of a pharmaceutically active substance that is less cytotoxic to tumor cells compared to the parent drug and is capable of being enzymatically activated or converted into the more active parent form. See, e.g., Wilman, “Prodrugs in Cancer Chemotherapy” Biochemical Society Transactions, 14, pp. 375-382, 615th Meeting Harbor (1986) and Stella et al., “Prodrugs: A Chemical Approach to Targeted Drug Delivery,” Directed Drug Delivery , Borchardt et al. (ed.), pp. 247-267, Humana Press (1985).
  • the prodrugs of this invention include, but are not limited to, phosphate-containing prodrugs, thiophosphate-containing prodrugs, sulfate-containing prodrugs, peptide-containing prodrugs, D-amino acid-modified prodrugs, glycosylated prodrugs, beta-lactam-containing prodrugs, optionally substituted phenoxyacetamide-containing prodrugs or optionally substituted phenylacetamide-containing prodrugs, 5-fluorocytosine and other 5-fluorouridine prodrugs which can be converted into the more active cytotoxic free drug.
  • cytotoxic drugs that can be derivatized into a prodrug form for use in this invention include, but are not limited to, those chemotherapeutic agents described above.
  • intravenous infusion refers to introduction of a drug into the vein of an animal or human patient over a period of time greater than approximately 5 minutes, preferably between approximately 30 to 90 minutes, although, according to the invention, intravenous infusion is alternatively administered for 10 hours or less.
  • intravenous bolus or “intravenous push” refers to drug administration into a vein of an animal or human such that the body receives the drug in approximately 15 minutes or less, preferably 5 minutes or less.
  • subcutaneous administration refers to introduction of a drug under the skin of an animal or human patient, preferable within a pocket between the skin and underlying tissue, by relatively slow, sustained delivery from a drug receptacle.
  • the pocket may be created by pinching or drawing the skin up and away from underlying tissue.
  • subcutaneous infusion refers to introduction of a drug under the skin of an animal or human patient, preferably within a pocket between the skin and underlying tissue, by relatively slow, sustained delivery from a drug receptacle for a period of time including, but not limited to, 30 minutes or less, or 90 minutes or less.
  • the infusion may be made by subcutaneous implantation of a drug delivery pump implanted under the skin of the animal or human patient, wherein the pump delivers a predetermined amount of drug for a predetermined period of time, such as 30 minutes, 90 minutes, or a time period spanning the length of the treatment regimen.
  • subcutaneous bolus refers to drug administration beneath the skin of an animal or human patient, where bolus drug delivery is preferably less than approximately 15 minutes, more preferably less than 5 minutes, and most preferably less than 60 seconds. Administration is preferably within a pocket between the skin and underlying tissue, where the pocket is created, for example, by pinching or drawing the skin up and away from underlying tissue.
  • angiogenic factor is a growth factor which stimulates the development of blood vessels.
  • the preferred angiogenic factor herein is Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF).
  • label when used herein refers to a detectable compound or composition which is conjugated directly or indirectly to the polypeptide.
  • the label may be itself be detectable (e.g., radioisotope labels or fluorescent labels) or, in the case of an enzymatic label, may catalyze chemical alteration of a substrate compound or composition which is detectable.
  • an “isolated” nucleic acid molecule is a nucleic acid molecule that is identified and separated from at least one contaminant nucleic acid molecule with which it is ordinarily associated in the natural source of the polypeptide nucleic acid.
  • An isolated nucleic acid molecule is other than in the form or setting in which it is found in nature. Isolated nucleic acid molecules therefore are distinguished from the nucleic acid molecule as it exists in natural cells.
  • an isolated nucleic acid molecule includes a nucleic acid molecule contained in cells that ordinarily express the polypeptide where, for example, the nucleic acid molecule is in a chromosomal location different from that of natural cells.
  • control sequences refers to DNA sequences necessary for the expression of an operably linked coding sequence in a particular host organism.
  • the control sequences that are suitable for prokaryotes include a promoter, optionally an operator sequence, and a ribosome binding site.
  • Eukaryotic cells are known to utilize promoters, polyadenylation signals, and enhancers.
  • Nucleic acid is “operably linked” when it is placed into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence.
  • DNA for a presequence or secretory leader is operably linked to DNA for a polypeptide if it is expressed as a preprotein that participates in the secretion of the polypeptide;
  • a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transcription of the sequence; or
  • a ribosome binding site is operably linked to a coding sequence if it is positioned so as to facilitate translation.
  • “operably linked” means that the DNA sequences being linked are contiguous, and, in the case of a secretory leader, contiguous and in reading phase. However, enhancers do not have to be contiguous. Linking is accomplished by ligation at convenient restriction sites. If such sites do not exist, the synthetic oligonucleotide adaptors or linkers are used in accordance with conventional practice.
  • the expressions “cell,” “cell line,” and “cell culture” are used interchangeably and all such designations include progeny.
  • the words “transformants” and “transformed cells” include the primary subject cell and cultures derived therefrom without regard for the number of transfers. It is also understood that all progeny may not be precisely identical in DNA content, due to deliberate or inadvertent mutations. Mutant progeny that have the same function or biological activity as screened for in the originally transformed cell are included. Where distinct designations are intended, it will be clear from the context.
  • VEGF antigen to be used for production of antibodies may be, e.g., the VEGF 165 molecule as well as other isoforms of VEGF or a fragment thereof containing the desired epitope.
  • Other forms of VEGF useful for generating anti-VEGF antibodies of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • Human VEGF was obtained by first screening a cDNA library prepared from human cells, using bovine VEGF cDNA as a hybridization probe. Leung et al. (1989) Science, 246:1306. One cDNA identified thereby encodes a 165-amino acid protein having greater than 95% homology to bovine VEGF; this 165-amino acid protein is typically referred to as human VEGF (hVEGF) or VEGF 165 . The mitogenic activity of human VEGF was confirmed by expressing the human VEGF cDNA in mammalian host cells. Media conditioned by cells transfected with the human VEGF cDNA promoted the proliferation of capillary endothelial cells, whereas control cells did not. Leung et al. (1989) Science, supra.
  • VEGF vascular endothelial cell growth factor
  • VEGF is expressed in a variety of tissues as multiple homodimeric forms (121, 145, 165, 189, and 206 amino acids per monomer) resulting from alternative RNA splicing.
  • VEGF 121 is a soluble mitogen that does not bind heparin; the longer forms of VEGF bind heparin with progressively higher affinity.
  • the heparin-binding forms of VEGF can be cleaved in the carboxy terminus by plasmin to release a diffusible form(s) of VEGF. Amino acid sequencing of the carboxy terminal peptide identified after plasmin cleavage is Arg 110 -Ala 111 .
  • Amino terminal “core” protein VEGF (1-110) isolated as a homodimer, binds neutralizing monoclonal antibodies (such as the antibodies referred to as 4.6.1 and 3.2E3.1.1) and soluble forms of VEGF receptors with similar affinity compared to the intact VEGF 165 homodimer.
  • VEGF placenta growth factor
  • VEGF-B placenta growth factor
  • VEGF-C vascular endothelial growth factor
  • VEGF-D vascular endothelial growth factor-E
  • a receptor tyrosine kinase, Flt-4 (VEGFR-3) has been identified as the receptor for VEGF-C and VEGF-D. Joukov et al. (1996) EMBO. J. 15:1751; Lee et al.
  • VEGF-C has recently been shown to be involved in the regulation of lymphatic angiogenesis. Jeltsch et al. (1997) Science 276:1423-1425.
  • Flt-1 also called VEGFR-1
  • KDR also called VEGFR-2
  • RTKs receptor tyrosine kinases
  • the RTKs comprise a large family of transmembrane receptors with diverse biological activities. At present, at least nineteen (19) distinct RTK subfamilies have been identified.
  • the receptor tyrosine kinase (RTK) family includes receptors that are crucial for the growth and differentiation of a variety of cell types (Yarden and Ullrich (1988) Ann. Rev. Biochem. 57:433-478; Ullrich and Schlessinger (1990) Cell 61:243-254).
  • the intrinsic function of RTKs is activated upon ligand binding, which results in phosphorylation of the receptor and multiple cellular substrates, and subsequently in a variety of cellular responses (Ullrich & Schlessinger (1990) Cell 61:203-212).
  • receptor tyrosine kinase mediated signal transduction is initiated by extracellular interaction with a specific growth factor (ligand), typically followed by receptor dimerization, stimulation of the intrinsic protein tyrosine kinase activity and receptor trans-phosphorylation. Binding sites are thereby created for intracellular signal transduction molecules and lead to the formation of complexes with a spectrum of cytoplasmic signaling molecules that facilitate the appropriate cellular response. (e.g., cell division, differentiation, metabolic effects, changes in the extracellular microenvironment) see, Schlessinger and Ullrich (1992) Neuron 9: 1-20.
  • both Flt-1 and KDR have seven immunoglobulin-like domains in the extracellular domain, a single transmembrane region, and a consensus tyrosine kinase sequence which is interrupted by a kinase-insert domain.
  • a consensus tyrosine kinase sequence which is interrupted by a kinase-insert domain.
  • Polyclonal antibodies are preferably raised in animals by multiple subcutaneous (sc) or intraperitoneal (ip) injections of the relevant antigen and an adjuvant. It may be useful to conjugate the relevant antigen to a protein that is immunogenic in the species to be immunized, e.g., keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, or soybean trypsin inhibitor using a bifunctional or derivatizing agent, for example, maleimidobenzoyl sulfosuccinimide ester (conjugation through cysteine residues), N-hydroxysuccinimide (through lysine residues), glutaraldehyde, succinic anhydride, SOCl 2 , or R 1 N ⁇ C ⁇ NR, where R and R 1 are different alkyl groups.
  • a protein that is immunogenic in the species to be immunized e.g., keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin, bovine thy
  • Animals are immunized against the antigen, immunogenic conjugates, or derivatives by combining, e.g., 100 ⁇ g or 5 ⁇ g of the protein or conjugate (for rabbits or mice, respectively) with 3 volumes of Freund's complete adjuvant and injecting the solution intradermally at multiple sites.
  • the animals are boosted with 1 ⁇ 5 to 1/10 the original amount of peptide or conjugate in Freund's complete adjuvant by subcutaneous injection at multiple sites.
  • Seven to 14 days later the animals are bled and the serum is assayed for antibody titer. Animals are boosted until the titer plateaus.
  • the animal is boosted with the conjugate of the same antigen, but conjugated to a different protein and/or through a different cross-linking reagent.
  • Conjugates also can be made in recombinant cell culture as protein fusions.
  • aggregating agents such as alum are suitably used to enhance the immune response.
  • Monoclonal antibodies may be made using the hybridoma method first described by Kohler et al, Nature, 256:495 (1975), or may be made by recombinant DNA methods (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567).
  • a mouse or other appropriate host animal such as a hamster or macaque monkey
  • lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the protein used for immunization.
  • lymphocytes may be immunized in vitro. Lymphocytes then are fused with myeloma cells using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell (Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice , pp. 59-103 (Academic Press, 1986)).
  • the hybridoma cells thus prepared are seeded and grown in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, parental myeloma cells.
  • a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, parental myeloma cells.
  • the culture medium for the hybridomas typically will include hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine (HAT medium), which substances prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells.
  • Preferred myeloma cells are those that fuse efficiently, support stable high-level production of antibody by the selected antibody-producing cells, and are sensitive to a medium such as HAT medium.
  • preferred myeloma cell lines are murine myeloma lines, such as those derived from MOPC-21 and MPC-11 mouse tumors available from the Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, Calif. USA, and SP-2 or X63-Ag8-653 cells available from the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Md. USA.
  • Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines also have been described for the production of human monoclonal antibodies (Kozbor, J. Immunol., 133:3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications , pp. 51-63 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1987)).
  • Culture medium in which hybridoma cells are growing is assayed for production of monoclonal antibodies directed against the antigen.
  • the binding specificity of monoclonal antibodies produced by hybridoma cells is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in vitro binding assay, such as radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA).
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay
  • the clones may be subcloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods (Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice , pp. 59-103 (Academic Press, 1986)). Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, D-MEM or RPMI-1640 medium.
  • the hybridoma cells may be grown in vivo as ascites tumors in an animal.
  • the monoclonal antibodies secreted by the subclones are suitably separated from the culture medium, ascites fluid, or serum by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as, for example, protein A-Sepharose, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.
  • DNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies is readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of the monoclonal antibodies).
  • the hybridoma cells serve as a preferred source of such DNA.
  • the DNA may be placed into expression vectors, which are then transfected into host cells such as E. coli cells, simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells. Recombinant production of antibodies will be described in more detail below.
  • antibodies or antibody fragments can be isolated from antibody phage libraries generated using the techniques described in McCafferty et al., Nature, 348:552-554 (1990). Clackson et al., Nature, 352:624-628 (1991) and Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597 (1991) describe the isolation of murine and human antibodies, respectively, using phage libraries.
  • the DNA also may be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for human heavy- and light-chain constant domains in place of the homologous murine sequences (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Morrison, et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851 (1984)), or by covalently joining to the immunoglobulin coding sequence all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide.
  • non-immunoglobulin polypeptides are substituted for the constant domains of an antibody, or they are substituted for the variable domains of one antigen-combining site of an antibody to create a chimeric bivalent antibody comprising one antigen-combining site having specificity for an antigen and another antigen-combining site having specificity for a different antigen.
  • a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source which is non-human. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as “import” residues, which are typically taken from an “import” variable domain. Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers (Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature, 332:323-327 (1988); Verhoeyen et al., Science, 239:1534-1536 (1988)), by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody. Accordingly, such “humanized” antibodies are chimeric antibodies (U.S. Pat. No.
  • humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
  • variable domains both light and heavy
  • the choice of human variable domains, both light and heavy, to be used in making the humanized antibodies is very important to reduce antigenicity.
  • the sequence of the variable domain of a rodent antibody is screened against the entire library of known human variable-domain sequences.
  • the human sequence which is closest to that of the rodent is then accepted as the human framework (FR) for the humanized antibody (Sims et al., J. Immunol., 151:2296 (1993); Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol., 196:901 (1987)).
  • Another method uses a particular framework derived from the consensus sequence of all human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chains.
  • the same framework may be used for several different humanized antibodies (Carter et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:4285 (1992); Presta et al., J. Immunol., 151:2623 (1993)).
  • humanized antibodies are prepared by a process of analysis of the parental sequences and various conceptual humanized products using three-dimensional models of the parental and humanized sequences.
  • Three-dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three-dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis of the likely role of the residues in the functioning of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen.
  • FR residues can be selected and combined from the recipient and import sequences so that the desired antibody characteristic, such as increased affinity for the target antigen(s), is achieved.
  • the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding.
  • transgenic animals e.g., mice
  • transgenic animals e.g., mice
  • JH antibody heavy-chain joining region
  • Human antibodies can also be derived from phage-display libraries (Hoogenboom et al., J. Mol. Biol., 227:381 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597 (1991); Vaughan et al. Nature Biotech 14:309 (1996)).
  • antibody fragments Traditionally, these fragments were derived via proteolytic digestion of intact antibodies (see, e.g., Morimoto et al., Journal of Biochemical and Biophysical Methods 24:107-117 (1992) and Brennan et al., Science, 229:81 (1985)). However, these fragments can now be produced directly by recombinant host cells. For example, the antibody fragments can be isolated from the antibody phage libraries discussed above. Alternatively, Fab′-SH fragments can be directly recovered from E. coli and chemically coupled to form F(ab′) 2 fragments (Carter et al., Bio/Technology 10: 163-167 (1992)).
  • F(ab′) 2 fragments can be isolated directly from recombinant host cell culture.
  • Other techniques for the production of antibody fragments will be apparent to the skilled practitioner.
  • the antibody of choice is a single chain Fv fragment (scFv). See WO 93/16185.
  • Multispecific antibodies have binding specificities for at least two different antigens. While such molecules normally will only bind two antigens (i.e. bispecific antibodies, BsAbs), antibodies with additional specificities such as trispecific antibodies are encompassed by this expression when used herein.
  • BsAbs include those with one arm directed against a tumor cell antigen and the other arm directed against a cytotoxic trigger molecule such as anti-Fc ⁇ RI/anti-CD15, anti-p185 HER2 /Fc ⁇ RIII (CD16), anti-CD3/anti-malignant B-cell (1D10), anti-CD3/anti-p185 HER2 , anti-CD3/anti-p97, anti-CD3/anti-renal cell carcinoma, anti-CD3/anti-OVCAR-3, anti-CD3/L-D1 (anti-colon carcinoma), anti-CD3/anti-melanocyte stimulating hormone analog, anti-EGF receptor/anti-CD3, anti-CD3/anti-CAMA1, anti-CD3/anti-CD19, anti-CD3/MoV18, anti-neural cell adhesion molecule (NCAM)/anti-CD3, anti-folate binding protein (FBP)/anti-CD3, anti-pan carcinoma associated antigen (AMOC-31)/anti-CD3; BsAbs with one arm which binds specifically
  • BsAbs for use in therapy of infectious diseases such as anti-CD3/anti-herpes simplex virus (HSV), anti-T-cell receptor:CD3 complex/anti-influenza, anti-Fc ⁇ R/anti-HIV; BsAbs for tumor detection in vitro or in vivo such as anti-CEA/anti-EOTUBE, anti-CEA/anti-DPTA, anti-p185 HRR2 /anti-hapten; BsAbs as vaccine adjuvants; and BsAbs as diagnostic tools such as anti-rabbit IgG/anti-ferritin, anti-horse radish peroxidase (HRP)/anti-hormone, anti-somatostatin/anti-substance P, anti-HRP/anti-FITC, anti-CEA/anti- ⁇ -galactosidase.
  • HRP anti-horse radish peroxidase
  • HRP anti-somatostatin/anti-substance P
  • trispecific antibodies examples include anti-CD3/anti-CD4/anti-CD37, anti-CD3/anti-CD5/anti-CD37 and anti-CD3/anti-CD8/anti-CD37.
  • Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full length antibodies or antibody fragments (e.g F(ab′) 2 bispecific antibodies). Methods for making bispecific antibodies are known in the art. Traditional production of full length bispecific antibodies is based on the coexpression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs, where the two chains have different specificities (Millstein et al., Nature, 305:537-539 (1983)).
  • antibody variable domains with the desired binding specificities are fused to immunoglobulin constant domain sequences.
  • the fusion preferably is with an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant domain, comprising at least part of the hinge, CH2, and CH3 regions. It is preferred to have the first heavy-chain constant region (CH1) containing the site necessary for light chain binding, present in at least one of the fusions.
  • DNAs encoding the immunoglobulin heavy chain fusions and, if desired, the immunoglobulin light chain are inserted into separate expression vectors, and are co-transfected into a suitable host organism.
  • the bispecific antibodies are composed of a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain with a first binding specificity in one arm, and a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pair (providing a second binding specificity) in the other arm. It was found that this asymmetric structure facilitates the separation of the desired bispecific compound from unwanted immunoglobulin chain combinations, as the presence of an immunoglobulin light chain in only one half of the bispecific molecule provides for a facile way of separation. This approach is disclosed in WO 94/04690. For further details of generating bispecific antibodies see, for example, Suresh et al., Methods in Enzymology, 121:210 (1986).
  • the interface between a pair of antibody molecules can be engineered to maximize the percentage of heterodimers which are recovered from recombinant cell culture.
  • the preferred interface comprises at least a part of the C H 3 domain of an antibody constant domain.
  • one or more small amino acid side chains from the interface of the first antibody molecule are replaced with larger side chains (e.g. tyrosine or tryptophan).
  • Compensatory “cavities” of identical or similar size to the large side chain(s) are created on the interface of the second antibody molecule by replacing large amino acid side chains with smaller ones (e.g alanine or threonine). This provides a mechanism for increasing the yield of the heterodimer over other unwanted end-products such as homodimers.
  • Bispecific antibodies include cross-linked or “heteroconjugate” antibodies.
  • one of the antibodies in the heteroconjugate can be coupled to avidin, the other to biotin.
  • Such antibodies have, for example, been proposed to target immune system cells to unwanted cells (U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980), and for treatment of HIV infection (WO 91/00360, WO 92/200373, and EP 03089).
  • Heteroconjugate antibodies may be made using any convenient cross-linking methods. Suitable cross-linking agents are well known in the art, and are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980, along with a number of cross-linking techniques.
  • bispecific antibodies can be prepared using chemical linkage.
  • Brennan et al., Science, 229: 81 (1985) describe a procedure wherein intact antibodies are proteolytically cleaved to generate F(ab′) 2 fragments. These fragments are reduced in the presence of the dithiol complexing agent sodium arsenite to stabilize vicinal dithiols and prevent intermolecular disulfide formation.
  • the Fab′ fragments generated are then converted to thionitrobenzoate (TNB) derivatives.
  • One of the Fab′-TNB derivatives is then reconverted to the Fab′-thiol by reduction with mercaptoethylamine and is mixed with an equimolar amount of the other Fab′-TNB derivative to form the bispecific antibody.
  • the bispecific antibodies produced can be used as agents for the selective immobilization of enzymes.
  • bispecific antibodies have been produced using leucine zippers.
  • the leucine zipper peptides from the Fos and Jun proteins were linked to the Fab′ portions of two different antibodies by gene fusion.
  • the antibody homodimers were reduced at the hinge region to form monomers and then re-oxidized to form the antibody heterodimers. This method can also be utilized for the production of antibody homodimers.
  • the fragments comprise a heavy-chain variable domain (V H ) connected to a light-chain variable domain (V L ) by a linker which is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain. Accordingly, the V H and V L domains of one fragment are forced to pair with the complementary V L and V H domains of another fragment, thereby forming two antigen-binding sites.
  • V H and V L domains of one fragment are forced to pair with the complementary V L and V H domains of another fragment, thereby forming two antigen-binding sites.
  • sFv single-chain Fv
  • Antibodies with more than two valencies are contemplated.
  • trispecific antibodies can be prepared. Tutt et al. J. Immunol. 147: 60 (1991).
  • the antibody of the invention may be desirable to modify the antibody of the invention with respect to effector function, so as to enhance the effectiveness of the antibody in treating cancer, for example.
  • cysteine residue(s) may be introduced in the Fc region, thereby allowing interchain disulfide bond formation in this region.
  • the homodimeric antibody thus generated may have improved internalization capability and/or increased complement-mediated cell killing and antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC).
  • ADCC antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
  • Homodimeric antibodies with enhanced anti-tumor activity may also be prepared using heterobifunctional cross-linkers as described in Wolff et al. Cancer Research 53:2560-2565 (1993).
  • an antibody can be engineered which has dual Fc regions and may thereby have enhanced complement lysis and ADCC capabilities. See Stevenson et al. Anti - Cancer Drug Design 3:219-230 (1989).
  • the invention also pertains to immunoconjugates comprising the antibody described herein conjugated to a cytotoxic agent such as a chemotherapeutic agent, toxin (e.g. an enzymatically active toxin of bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or a radioactive isotope (i.e., a radioconjugate).
  • a cytotoxic agent such as a chemotherapeutic agent, toxin (e.g. an enzymatically active toxin of bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or a radioactive isotope (i.e., a radioconjugate).
  • Enzymatically active toxins and fragments thereof which can be used include diphtheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa ), ricin A chain, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin proteins, Phytolaca americana proteins (PAPI, PAPII, and PAP-S), momordica charantia inhibitor, curcin, crotin, sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, gelonin, mitogellin, restrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin and the tricothecenes.
  • a variety of radionuclides are available for the production of radioconjugate antibodies. Examples include 212 Bi, 131 I, 131 In, 90 Y and 186 Re.
  • Conjugates of the antibody and cytotoxic agent are made using a variety of bifunctional protein coupling agents such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithiol) propionate (SPDP), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCL), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutareldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as tolyene 2,6-diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene).
  • SPDP N-succinimidyl-3-(2-
  • a ricin immunotoxin can be prepared as described in Vitetta et al. Science 238: 1098 (1987).
  • Carbon-14-labeled 1-isothiocyanatobenzyl-3-methyldiethylene triaminepentaacetic acid (MX-DTPA) is an exemplary chelating agent for conjugation of radionucleotide to the antibody. See WO94/11026.
  • the antibody may be conjugated to a “receptor” (such streptavidin) for utilization in tumor pretargeting wherein the antibody-receptor conjugate is administered to the patient, followed by removal of unbound conjugate from the circulation using a clearing agent and then administration of a “ligand” (e.g. avidin) which is conjugated to a cytotoxic agent (e.g a radionucleotide).
  • a “receptor” such streptavidin
  • a ligand e.g. avidin
  • cytotoxic agent e.g a radionucleotide
  • the antibody disclosed herein may also be formulated as immunoliposomes.
  • Liposomes containing the antibody are prepared by methods known in the art, such as described in Epstein et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 82:3688 (1985); Hwang et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:4030 (1980); and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,485,045 and 4,544,545. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,013,556.
  • Particularly useful liposomes can be generated by the reverse phase evaporation method with a lipid composition comprising phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol and PEG-derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-PE). Liposomes are extruded through filters of defined pore size to yield liposomes with the desired diameter.
  • Fab′ fragments of the antibody of the present invention can be conjugated to the liposomes as described in Martin et al. J. Biol. Chem. 257: 286-288 (1982) via a disulfide interchange reaction.
  • a chemotherapeutic agent such as Doxorubicin is optionally contained within the liposome. See Gabizon et al. J. National Cancer Inst. 81(19)1484 (1989)
  • the antibody of the present invention may also be used in ADEPT by conjugating the antibody to a prodrug-activating enzyme which converts a prodrug (e.g. a peptidyl chemotherapeutic agent, see WO81/01145) to an active anti-cancer drug.
  • a prodrug e.g. a peptidyl chemotherapeutic agent, see WO81/01145
  • WO 88/07378 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,975,278 See, for example, WO 88/07378 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,975,278.
  • the enzyme component of the immunoconjugate useful for ADEPT includes any enzyme capable of acting on a prodrug in such a way so as to convert it into its more active, cytotoxic form.
  • Enzymes that are useful in the method of this invention include, but are not limited to, alkaline phosphatase useful for converting phosphate-containing prodrugs into free drugs; arylsulfatase useful for converting sulfate-containing prodrugs into free drugs; cytosine deaminase useful for converting non-toxic 5-fluorocytosine into the anti-cancer drug, 5-fluorouracil; proteases, such as serratia protease, thermolysin, subtilisin, carboxypeptidases and cathepsins (such as cathepsins B and L), that are useful for converting peptide-containing prodrugs into free drugs; D-alanylcarboxypeptidases, useful for converting prodrugs that contain D-amino acid substituents; carbohydrate-cleaving enzymes such as ⁇ -galactosidase and neuraminidase useful for converting glycosylated prodrugs into free drugs; ⁇
  • antibodies with enzymatic activity can be used to convert the prodrugs of the invention into free active drugs (see, e.g., Massey, Nature 328: 457-458 (1987)).
  • Antibody-abzyme conjugates can be prepared as described herein for delivery of the abzyme to a tumor cell population.
  • the enzymes of this invention can be covalently bound to the antibody by techniques well known in the art such as the use of the heterobifunctional crosslinking reagents discussed above.
  • fusion proteins comprising at least the antigen binding region of an antibody of the invention linked to at least a functionally active portion of an enzyme of the invention can be constructed using recombinant DNA techniques well known in the art (see, e.g., Neuberger et al., Nature, 312: 604-608 (1984)).
  • an antibody fragment rather than an intact antibody, to increase tumor penetration, for example.
  • the salvage receptor binding epitope preferably constitutes a region wherein any one or more amino acid residues from one or two loops of a Fc domain are transferred to an analogous position of the antibody fragment. Even more preferably, three or more residues from one or two loops of the Fc domain are transferred. Still more preferred, the epitope is taken from the CH2 domain of the Fc region (e.g., of an IgG) and transferred to the CH1, CH3, or V H region, or more than one such region, of the antibody. Alternatively, the epitope is taken from the CH2 domain of the Fc region and transferred to the C L region or V L region, or both, of the antibody fragment.
  • the CH2 domain of the Fc region e.g., of an IgG
  • the epitope is taken from the CH2 domain of the Fc region and transferred to the C L region or V L region, or both, of the antibody fragment.
  • Covalent modifications of the antibody are included within the scope of this invention. They may be made by chemical synthesis or by enzymatic or chemical cleavage of the antibody, if applicable. Other types of covalent modifications of the antibody are introduced into the molecule by reacting targeted amino acid residues of the antibody with an organic derivatizing agent that is capable of reacting with selected side chains or the N- or C-terminal residues.
  • Cysteinyl residues most commonly are reacted with ⁇ -haloacetates (and corresponding amines), such as chloroacetic acid or chloroacetamide, to give carboxymethyl or carboxyamidomethyl derivatives. Cysteinyl residues also are derivatized by reaction with bromotrifluoroacetone, ⁇ -bromo- ⁇ -(5-imidozoyl)propionic acid, chloroacetyl phosphate, N-alkylmaleimides, 3-nitro-2-pyridyl disulfide, methyl 2-pyridyl disulfide, p-chloromercuribenzoate, 2-chloromercuri-4-nitrophenol, or chloro-7-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1,3-diazole.
  • Histidyl residues are derivatized by reaction with diethylpyrocarbonate at pH 5.5-7.0 because this agent is relatively specific for the histidyl side chain.
  • Para-bromophenacyl bromide also is useful; the reaction is preferably performed in 0.1 M sodium cacodylate at pH 6.0.
  • Lysinyl and amino-terminal residues are reacted with succinic or other carboxylic acid anhydrides. Derivatization with these agents has the effect of reversing the charge of the lysinyl residues.
  • Other suitable reagents for derivatizing ⁇ -amino-containing residues include imidoesters such as methyl picolinimidate, pyridoxal phosphate, pyridoxal, chloroborohydride, trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid, O-methylisourea, 2,4-pentanedione, and transaminase-catalyzed reaction with glyoxylate.
  • Arginyl residues are modified by reaction with one or several conventional reagents, among them phenylglyoxal, 2,3-butanedione, 1,2-cyclohexanedione, and ninhydrin. Derivatization of arginine residues requires that the reaction be performed in alkaline conditions because of the high pK a of the guanidine functional group. Furthermore, these reagents may react with the groups of lysine as well as the arginine epsilon-amino group.
  • tyrosyl residues may be made, with particular interest in introducing spectral labels into tyrosyl residues by reaction with aromatic diazonium compounds or tetranitromethane. Most commonly, N-acetylimidizole and tetranitromethane are used to form O-acetyl tyrosyl species and 3-nitro derivatives, respectively.
  • Tyrosyl residues are iodinated using 125 I or 131 I to prepare labeled proteins for use in radioimmunoassay.
  • Carboxyl side groups are selectively modified by reaction with carbodiimides (R—N ⁇ C ⁇ N—R′), where R and R′ are different alkyl groups, such as 1-cyclohexyl-3-(2-morpholinyl-4-ethyl) carbodiimide or 1-ethyl-3-(4-azonia-4,4-dimethylpentyl) carbodiimide.
  • R and R′ are different alkyl groups, such as 1-cyclohexyl-3-(2-morpholinyl-4-ethyl) carbodiimide or 1-ethyl-3-(4-azonia-4,4-dimethylpentyl) carbodiimide.
  • aspartyl and glutamyl residues are converted to asparaginyl and glutaminyl residues by reaction with ammonium ions.
  • Glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues are frequently deamidated to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues, respectively. These residues are deamidated under neutral or basic conditions. The deamidated form of these residues falls within the scope of this invention.
  • Another type of covalent modification involves chemically or enzymatically coupling glycosides to the antibody. These procedures are advantageous in that they do not require production of the antibody in a host cell that has glycosylation capabilities for N- or O-linked glycosylation.
  • the sugar(s) may be attached to (a) arginine and histidine, (b) free carboxyl groups, (c) free sulfhydryl groups such as those of cysteine, (d) free hydroxyl groups such as those of serine, threonine, or hydroxyproline, (e) aromatic residues such as those of phenylalanine, tyrosine, or tryptophan, or (f) the amide group of glutamine.
  • arginine and histidine arginine and histidine
  • free carboxyl groups such as those of cysteine
  • free hydroxyl groups such as those of serine, threonine, or hydroxyproline
  • aromatic residues such as those of phenylalanine
  • Removal of any carbohydrate moieties present on the antibody may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically.
  • Chemical deglycosylation requires exposure of the antibody to the compound trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, or an equivalent compound. This treatment results in the cleavage of most or all sugars except the linking sugar (N-acetylglucosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine), while leaving the antibody intact.
  • Chemical deglycosylation is described by Hakimuddin, et al. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 259:52 (1987) and by Edge et al. Anal. Biochem., 118:131 (1981).
  • Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on antibodies can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al. Meth. Enzymol. 138:350 (1987).
  • Another type of covalent modification of the antibody comprises linking the antibody to one of a variety of nonproteinaceous polymers, e.g., polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,640,835; 4,496,689; 4,301,144; 4,670,417; 4,791,192 or 4,179,337.
  • nonproteinaceous polymers e.g., polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, or polyoxyalkylenes
  • the anti-VEGF antibody of the invention can be produced recombinantly, using techniques and materials readily obtainable.
  • the nucleic acid encoding it is isolated and inserted into a replicable vector for further cloning (amplification of the DNA) or for expression.
  • DNA encoding the monoclonal antibody is readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of the antibody).
  • Many vectors are available.
  • the vector components generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: a signal sequence, an origin of replication, one or more marker genes, an enhancer element, a promoter, and a transcription termination sequence.
  • the antibody of this invention may be produced recombinantly not only directly, but also as a fusion polypeptide with a heterologous polypeptide, which is preferably a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide.
  • a heterologous polypeptide which is preferably a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide.
  • the heterologous signal sequence selected preferably is one that is recognized and processed (i.e., cleaved by a signal peptidase) by the host cell.
  • the signal sequence is substituted by a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, lpp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II leaders.
  • a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, lpp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II leaders.
  • yeast secretion the native signal sequence may be substituted by, e.g., the yeast invertase leader, ⁇ factor leader (including Saccharomyces and Kluyveromyces ⁇ -factor leaders), or acid phosphatase leader, the C. albicans glucoamylase leader, or the signal described in WO 90/13646.
  • mammalian signal sequences as well as viral secretory leaders for example, the herpes simplex gD signal, are available.
  • the DNA for such precursor region is ligated in reading frame to DNA encoding the antibody.
  • Both expression and cloning vectors contain a nucleic acid sequence that enables the vector to replicate in one or more selected host cells.
  • this sequence is one that enables the vector to replicate independently of the host chromosomal DNA, and includes origins of replication or autonomously replicating sequences.
  • origins of replication or autonomously replicating sequences are well known for a variety of bacteria, yeast, and viruses.
  • the origin of replication from the plasmid pBR322 is suitable for most Gram-negative bacteria, the 2 ⁇ plasmid origin is suitable for yeast, and various viral origins (SV40, polyoma, adenovirus, VSV or BPV) are useful for cloning vectors in mammalian cells.
  • the origin of replication component is not needed for mammalian expression vectors (the SV40 origin may typically be used only because it contains the early promoter).
  • Selection genes may contain a selection gene, also termed a selectable marker.
  • Typical selection genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, or tetracycline, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex media, e.g., the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacilli.
  • One example of a selection scheme utilizes a drug to arrest growth of a host cell. Those cells that are successfully transformed with a heterologous gene produce a protein conferring drug resistance and thus survive the selection regimen. Examples of such dominant selection use the drugs neomycin, mycophenolic acid and hygromycin.
  • Suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells are those that enable the identification of cells competent to take up the antibody nucleic acid, such as DHFR, thymidine kinase, metallothionein-I and -II, preferably primate metallothionein genes, adenosine deaminase, ornithine decarboxylase, etc.
  • cells transformed with the DHFR selection gene are first identified by culturing all of the transformants in a culture medium that contains methotrexate (Mtx), a competitive antagonist of DHFR.
  • Mtx methotrexate
  • An appropriate host cell when wild-type DHFR is employed is the Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell line deficient in DHFR activity.
  • host cells particularly wild-type hosts that contain endogenous DHFR transformed or co-transformed with DNA sequences encoding antibody, wild-type DHFR protein, and another selectable marker such as aminoglycoside 3′-phosphotransferase (APH) can be selected by cell growth in medium containing a selection agent for the selectable marker such as an aminoglycosidic antibiotic, e.g., kanamycin, neomycin, or G418. See U.S. Pat. No. 4,965,199.
  • APH aminoglycoside 3′-phosphotransferase
  • a suitable selection gene for use in yeast is the trp1 gene present in the yeast plasmid YRp7 (Stinchcomb et al., Nature, 282:39 (1979)).
  • the trp1 gene provides a selection marker for a mutant strain of yeast lacking the ability to grow in tryptophan, for example, ATCC No. 44076 or PEP4-1. Jones, Genetics, 85:12 (1977).
  • the presence of the trp1 lesion in the yeast host cell genome then provides an effective environment for detecting transformation by growth in the absence of tryptophan.
  • Leu2-deficient yeast strains (ATCC 20,622 or 38,626) are complemented by known plasmids bearing the Leu2 gene.
  • vectors derived from the 1.6 ⁇ m circular plasmid pKD1 can be used for transformation of Kluyveromyces yeasts.
  • an expression system for large-scale production of recombinant calf chymosin was reported for K. lactis . Van den Berg, Bio/Technology, 8:135 (1990).
  • Stable multi-copy expression vectors for secretion of mature recombinant human serum albumin by industrial strains of Kluyveromyces have also been disclosed. Fleer et al., Bio/Technology, 9:968-975 (1991).
  • Expression and cloning vectors usually contain a promoter that is recognized by the host organism and is operably linked to the antibody nucleic acid.
  • Promoters suitable for use with prokaryotic hosts include the phoA promoter, ⁇ -lactamase and lactose promoter systems, alkaline phosphatase, a tryptophan (trp) promoter system, and hybrid promoters such as the tac promoter.
  • phoA promoter phoA promoter
  • ⁇ -lactamase and lactose promoter systems alkaline phosphatase
  • trp tryptophan
  • hybrid promoters such as the tac promoter.
  • Other known bacterial promoters are suitable. Promoters for use in bacterial systems also will contain a Shine-Dalgarno (S.D.) sequence operably linked to the DNA encoding the antibody.
  • S.D. Shine-Dalgarno
  • Promoter sequences are known for eukaryotes. Virtually all eukaryotic genes have an AT-rich region located approximately 25 to 30 bases upstream from the site where transcription is initiated. Another sequence found 70 to 80 bases upstream from the start of transcription of many genes is a CNCAAT region where N may be any nucleotide. At the 3′ end of most eukaryotic genes is an AATAAA sequence that may be the signal for addition of the poly A tail to the 3′ end of the coding sequence. All of these sequences are suitably inserted into eukaryotic expression vectors.
  • suitable promoting sequences for use with yeast hosts include the promoters for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase or other glycolytic enzymes, such as enolase, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, hexokinase, pyruvate decarboxylase, phosphofructokinase, glucose-6-phosphate isomerase, 3-phosphoglycerate mutase, pyruvate kinase, triosephosphate isomerase, phosphoglucose isomerase, and glucokinase.
  • 3-phosphoglycerate kinase or other glycolytic enzymes such as enolase, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, hexokinase, pyruvate decarboxylase, phosphofructokinase, glucose-6-phosphate isomerase, 3-phosphoglycerate mutase, pyruvate
  • yeast promoters which are inducible promoters having the additional advantage of transcription controlled by growth conditions, are the promoter regions for alcohol dehydrogenase 2, isocytochrome C, acid phosphatase, degradative enzymes associated with nitrogen metabolism, metallothionein, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, and enzymes responsible for maltose and galactose utilization.
  • Suitable vectors and promoters for use in yeast expression are further described in EP 73,657.
  • Yeast enhancers also are advantageously used with yeast promoters.
  • Antibody transcription from vectors in mammalian host cells is controlled, for example, by promoters obtained from the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus, adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, a retrovirus, hepatitis-B virus and most preferably Simian Virus 40 (SV40), from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g., the actin promoter or an immunoglobulin promoter, from heat-shock promoters, provided such promoters are compatible with the host cell systems.
  • viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus, adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, a retrovirus, hepatitis-B virus and most preferably Simian Virus 40 (SV40
  • the early and late promoters of the SV40 virus are conveniently obtained as an SV40 restriction fragment that also contains the SV40 viral origin of replication.
  • the immediate early promoter of the human cytomegalovirus is conveniently obtained as a HindIII E restriction fragment.
  • a system for expressing DNA in mammalian hosts using the bovine papilloma virus as a vector is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,419,446. A modification of this system is described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,601,978. See also Reyes et al., Nature 297:598-601 (1982) on expression of human ⁇ -interferon cDNA in mouse cells under the control of a thymidine kinase promoter from herpes simplex virus. Alternatively, the rous sarcoma virus long terminal repeat can be used as the promoter.
  • Enhancer sequences are now known from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin, ⁇ -fetoprotein, and insulin). Typically, however, one will use an enhancer from a eukaryotic cell virus. Examples include the SV40 enhancer on the late side of the replication origin (bp 100-270), the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers. See also Yaniv (1982) Nature 297:17-18 on enhancing elements for activation of eukaryotic promoters. The enhancer may be spliced into the vector at a position 5′ or 3′ to the antibody-encoding sequence, but is preferably located at a site 5′ from the promoter.
  • Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells will also contain sequences necessary for the termination of transcription and for stabilizing the mRNA. Such sequences are commonly available from the 5′ and, occasionally 3′, untranslated regions of eukaryotic or viral DNAs or cDNAs. These regions contain nucleotide segments transcribed as polyadenylated fragments in the untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding the antibody.
  • One useful transcription termination component is the bovine growth hormone polyadenylation region. See WO94/11026 and the expression vector disclosed therein.
  • Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the DNA in the vectors herein are the prokaryote, yeast, or higher eukaryote cells described above.
  • Suitable prokaryotes for this purpose include eubacteria, such as Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms, for example, Enterobacteriaceae such as Escherichia , e.g., E. coli, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Klebsiella, Proteus, Salmonella , e.g., Salmonella typhimurium, Serratia , e.g., Serratia marcescans , and Shigella , as well as Bacilli such as B. subtilis and B.
  • Enterobacteriaceae such as Escherichia , e.g., E. coli, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Klebsiella, Proteus
  • Salmonella e.g., Salmonella typhimurium
  • Serratia
  • E. coli cloning host is E. coli 294 (ATCC 31,446), although other strains such as E. coli B, E. coli X1776 (ATCC 31,537), and E. coli W3110 (ATCC 27,325) are suitable. These examples are illustrative rather than limiting.
  • eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for antibody-encoding vectors.
  • Saccharomyces cerevisiae or common baker's yeast, is the most commonly used among lower eukaryotic host microorganisms.
  • a number of other genera, species, and strains are commonly available and useful herein, such as Schizosaccharomyces pombe; Kluyveromyces hosts such as, e.g., K. lactis, K. fragilis (ATCC 12,424), K. bulgaricus (ATCC 16,045), K. wickeramii (ATCC 24,178), K.
  • waltii ATCC 56,500
  • K. drosophilarum ATCC 36,906
  • K. thermotolerans K. marxianus
  • yarrowia EP 402,226
  • Pichia pastoris EP 183,070
  • Candida Trichoderma reesia
  • Neurospora crassa Schwanniomyces such as Schwanniomyces occidentalis
  • filamentous fungi such as, e.g., Neurospora, Penicillium, Tolypocladium , and Aspergillus hosts such as A. nidulans and A. niger.
  • Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated antibody are derived from multicellular organisms.
  • invertebrate cells include plant and insect cells.
  • Numerous baculoviral strains and variants and corresponding permissive insect host cells from hosts such as Spodoptera frugiperda (caterpillar), Aedes aegypti (mosquito), Aedes albopictus (mosquito), Drosophila melanogaster (fruitfly), and Bombyx mori have been identified.
  • a variety of viral strains for transfection are publicly available, e.g., the L-1 variant of Autographa californica NPV and the Bm-5 strain of Bombyx mori NPV, and such viruses may be used as the virus herein according to the present invention, particularly for transfection of Spodoptera frugiperda cells.
  • Plant cell cultures of cotton, corn, potato, soybean, petunia, tomato, and tobacco can also be utilized as hosts.
  • vertebrate cells have been greatest in vertebrate cells, and propagation of vertebrate cells in culture (tissue culture) has become a routine procedure.
  • useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture, Graham et al., J. Gen Virol. 36:59 (1977)); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK, ATCC CCL 10); Chinese hamster ovary cells/ ⁇ DHFR (CHO, Urlaub et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216 (1980)); mouse sertoli cells (TM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod.
  • monkey kidney cells (CV1 ATCC CCL 70); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL-1587); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA, ATCC CCL 2); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442); human lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51); TRI cells (Mather et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 383:44-68 (1982)); MRC 5 cells; FS4 cells; and a human hepatoma line (Hep G2).
  • Host cells are transformed with the above-described expression or cloning vectors for antibody production and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired sequences.
  • the host cells used to produce the antibody of this invention may be cultured in a variety of media.
  • Commercially available media such as Ham's F10 (Sigma), Minimal Essential Medium ((MEM), (Sigma), RPMI-1640 (Sigma), and Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium ((DMEM), Sigma) are suitable for culturing the host cells.
  • any of these media may be supplemented as necessary with hormones and/or other growth factors (such as insulin, transferrin, or epidermal growth factor), salts (such as sodium chloride, calcium, magnesium, and phosphate), buffers (such as HEPES), nucleotides (such as adenosine and thymidine), antibiotics (such as GENTAMYCINTM drug), trace elements (defined as inorganic compounds usually present at final concentrations in the micromolar range), and glucose or an equivalent energy source. Any other necessary supplements may also be included at appropriate concentrations that would be known to those skilled in the art.
  • the culture conditions such as temperature, pH, and the like, are those previously used with the host cell selected for expression, and will be apparent to the ordinarily skilled artisan.
  • the antibody can be produced intracellularly, in the periplasmic space, or directly secreted into the medium. If the antibody is produced intracellularly, as a first step, the particulate debris, either host cells or lysed fragments, is removed, for example, by centrifugation or ultrafiltration. Carter et al., Bio/Technology 10: 163-167 (1992) describe a procedure for isolating antibodies which are secreted to the periplasmic space of E. coli . Briefly, cell paste is thawed in the presence of sodium acetate (pH 3.5), EDTA, and phenylmethylsulfonylfluoride (PMSF) over about 30 min.
  • sodium acetate pH 3.5
  • EDTA EDTA
  • PMSF phenylmethylsulfonylfluoride
  • Cell debris can be removed by centrifugation.
  • supernatants from such expression systems are generally first concentrated using a commercially available protein concentration filter, for example, an Amicon or Millipore Pellicon ultrafiltration unit.
  • a protease inhibitor such as PMSF may be included in any of the foregoing steps to inhibit proteolysis and antibiotics may be included to prevent the growth of adventitious contaminants.
  • the antibody composition prepared from the cells can be purified using, for example, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, and affinity chromatography, with affinity chromatography being the preferred purification technique.
  • affinity chromatography is the preferred purification technique.
  • the suitability of protein A as an affinity ligand depends on the species and isotype of any immunoglobulin Fc domain that is present in the antibody.
  • Protein A can be used to purify antibodies that are based on human ⁇ 1, ⁇ 2, or ⁇ 4 heavy chains (Lindmark et al., J. Immunol. Meth. 62:1-13 (1983)).
  • Protein G is recommended for all mouse isotypes and for human ⁇ 3 (Guss et al., EMBO J. 5:15671575 (1986)).
  • the matrix to which the affinity ligand is attached is most often agarose, but other matrices are available. Mechanically stable matrices such as controlled pore glass or poly(styrenedivinyl)benzene allow for faster flow rates and shorter processing times than can be achieved with agarose. Where the antibody comprises a C H 3 domain, the Bakerbond ABXTM resin (J. T. Baker, Phillipsburg, N.J.) is useful for purification.
  • the mixture comprising the anti-VEGF antibody and contaminants may be subjected to low pH hydrophobic interaction chromatography using an elution buffer at a pH between about 2.5-4.5, preferably performed at low salt concentrations (e.g., from about 0-0.25M salt).
  • Therapeutic formulations of the antibodies used in accordance with the present invention are prepared for storage by mixing an antibody having the desired degree of purity with optional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or stabilizers ( Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 16th edition, Osol, A. Ed. [1980]), in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions.
  • Acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine,
  • Zn-protein complexes Zn-protein complexes
  • non-ionic surfactants such as TWEENTM, PLURONICSTM or polyethylene glycol (PEG).
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • the formulation herein may also contain more than one active compound as necessary for the particular indication being treated, preferably those with complementary activities that do not adversely affect each other.
  • the composition may comprise a cytotoxic agent, cytokine, growth inhibitory agent and/or small molecule VEGFR antagonist. Such molecules are suitably present in combination in amounts that are effective for the purpose intended.
  • the active ingredients may also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions.
  • colloidal drug delivery systems for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules
  • the formulations to be used for in vivo administration must be sterile. This is readily accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes.
  • Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g. films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No.
  • copolymers of L-glutamic acid and 7 ethyl-L-glutamate copolymers of L-glutamic acid and 7 ethyl-L-glutamate, non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOTTM (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), and poly-D-( ⁇ )-3-hydroxybutyric acid. While polymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate and lactic acid-glycolic acid enable release of molecules for over 100 days, certain hydrogels release proteins for shorter time periods.
  • encapsulated antibodies When encapsulated antibodies remain in the body for a long time, they may denature or aggregate as a result of exposure to moisture at 37° C., resulting in a loss of biological activity and possible changes in immunogenicity. Rational strategies can be devised for stabilization depending on the mechanism involved. For example, if the aggregation mechanism is discovered to be intermolecular S—S bond formation through thio-disulfide interchange, stabilization may be achieved by modifying sulfhydryl residues, lyophilizing from acidic solutions, controlling moisture content, using appropriate additives, and developing specific polymer matrix compositions.
  • the anti-VEGF antibodies may be used to treat various neoplasms or non-neoplastic conditions characterized by pathological angiogenesis.
  • Non-neoplastic conditions that are amenable to treatment include rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, atherosclerosis, diabetic and other proliferative retinopathies including retinopathy of prematurity, retrolental fibroplasia, neovascular glaucoma, age-related macular degeneration, thyroid hyperplasias (including Grave's disease), corneal and other tissue transplantation, chronic inflammation, lung inflammation, nephrotic syndrome, preeclampsia, ascites, pericardial effusion (such as that associated with pericarditis), and pleural effusion.
  • the antibodies of the invention are preferably used in the treatment of tumors in which angiogenesis plays an important role in tumor growth, including cancers and benign tumors.
  • cancer to be treated herein include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia.
  • cancers include squamous cell cancer, lung cancer (including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung, and squamous carcinoma of the lung), cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer (including gastrointestinal cancer), pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma and various types of head and neck cancer, as well as B-cell lymphoma (including low grade/follicular non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL); small lymphocytic (SL) NHL; intermediate grade/follicular NHL; intermediate grade diffuse NHL; high grade immunoblastic NHL; high grade lymphoblastic NHL; high grade small non-clea
  • cancers that are amenable to treatment by the antibodies of the invention include breast cancer, colorectal cancer, rectal cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, non-Hodgkins lymphoma (NHL), renal cell cancer, prostate cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, soft-tissue sarcoma, kaposi's sarcoma, carcinoid carcinoma, head and neck cancer, melanoma, ovarian cancer, mesothelioma, and multiple myeloma. More preferably, the methods of the invention are used to treat colorectal cancer in a human patient.
  • NDL non-Hodgkins lymphoma
  • the methods of the invention are used to treat colorectal cancer in a human patient.
  • the present invention encompasses antiangiogenic therapy, a novel cancer treatment strategy aimed at inhibiting the development of tumor blood vessels required for providing nutrients to support tumor growth. Because angiogenesis is involved in both primary tumor growth and metastasis, the antiangiogenic treatment provided by the invention is capable of inhibiting the neoplastic growth of tumor at the primary site as well as preventing metastasis of tumors at the secondary sites, therefore allowing attack of the tumors by other therapeutics.
  • antibodies of the invention when used to treat various diseases such as tumors, can be combined with other therapeutic agents suitable for the same or similar diseases.
  • antibodies of the present invention may be used in combination with conventional cancer therapies, such as surgery, radiotherapy, chemotherapy or combinations thereof.
  • other therapeutic agents useful for combination cancer therapy with the antibody of the invention include other anti-angiogenic agents.
  • Many anti-angiogenic agents have been identified and are known in the arts, including those listed by Carmeliet and Jain (2000).
  • the anti-VEGF antibody of the invention is used in combination with another VEGF antagonist or a VEGF receptor antagonist such as VEGF variants, soluble VEGF receptor fragments, aptamers capable of blocking VEGF or VEGFR, neutralizing anti-VEGFR antibodies, low molecule weight inhibitors of VEGFR tyrosine kinases and any combinations thereof.
  • two or more anti-VEGF antibodies may be co-administered to the patient.
  • other therapeutic agents useful for combination tumor therapy with the antibody of the invention include antagonist of other factors that are involved in tumor growth, such as EGFR, ErbB2 (also known as Her2) ErbB3, ErbB4, or TNF. Sometimes, it may be beneficial to also administer one or more cytokines to the patient.
  • the VEGF antibody is co-administered with a growth inhibitory agent.
  • the growth inhibitory agent may be administered first, followed by the VEGF antibody.
  • simultaneous administration or administration of the VEGF antibody first is also contemplated. Suitable dosages for the growth inhibitory agent are those presently used and may be lowered due to the combined action (synergy) of the growth inhibitory agent and anti-VEGF antibody.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating cancer, by administering effective amounts of an anti-VEGF antibody and one or more chemotherapeutic agents to a patient susceptible to, or diagnosed with, cancer.
  • chemotherapeutic agents may be used in the combined treatment methods of the invention.
  • An exemplary and non-limiting list of chemotherapeutic agents contemplated is provided herein under “Definition”.
  • chemotherapeutic agents will be generally around those already employed in clinical therapies wherein the chemotherapeutics are administered alone or in combination with other chemotherapeutics. Variation in dosage will likely occur depending on the condition being treated. The physician administering treatment will be able to determine the appropriate dose for the individual subject.
  • the methods of the invention are used to treat colorectal cancer including metastatic colorectal cancer.
  • Colorectal cancer is the third most common cause of cancer mortality in the United States. It was estimated that approximately 129,000 new cases of colorectal cancer would be diagnosed and 56,000 deaths would occur due to colorectal cancer in the United States in 1999, Landis et al., Cancer J Clin. 49:8-31 (1999). Approximately 70% of colorectal cancer patients present with disease that is potentially curable by surgical resection, August et al., Cancer Metastasis Rev 3:303-24 (1984). However, the prognosis for the 30% who present with advanced or metastatic disease and for the 20% who relapse following resection is poor. The median survival for those with metastatic disease is 12-14 months, Advanced Colorectal Cancer Meta-Analysis Project, J Clin Oncol 10:896-903 (1992).
  • 5-FU/leucovorin provides infrequent, transient shrinkage of colorectal tumors but has not been demonstrated to prolong survival compared with 5-FU alone (Advanced Colorectal Cancer Meta-Analysis Project, J Clin Oncol 10:896-903 (1992)), and 5-FU has not been demonstrated to prolong survival compared with an ineffective therapy plus best supportive care, Ansfield et al. Cancer 39:34-40 (1977).
  • the lack of a demonstrated survival benefit for 5-FU/leucovorin may be due in part to inadequately sized clinical trials.
  • 5-FU/leucovorin demonstrated prolonged survival compared with lomustine (MeCCNU), vincristine, and 5-FU (MOF; Wolmark et al. J Clin Oncol 11: 1879-87 (1993).
  • 5-FU/leucovorin chemotherapy is commonly administered according to one of two schedules: the Mayo Clinic and Roswell Park regimens.
  • the Mayo Clinic regimen consists of an intensive course of 5-FU plus low-dose leucovorin (425 mg/m 2 5-FU plus 20 mg/m 2 leucovorin administered daily by intravenous [IV] push for 5 days, with courses repeated at 4- to 5-week intervals), Buroker et al. J Clin Oncol 12:14-20 (1994).
  • the Roswell Park regimen consists of weekly 5-FU plus high-dose leucovorin (500-600 mg/m 2 5-FU administered by IV push plus 500 mg/m 2 leucovorin administered as a 2-hour infusion weekly for 6 weeks, with courses repeated every 8 weeks), Petrelli et al., J Clin Oncol 7:1419-26 (1989). Clinical trials comparing the Mayo Clinic and Roswell Park regimens have not demonstrated a difference in efficacy but have been underpowered to do so, Buroker et al., J Clin Oncol 12:14-20 (1994); Poon et al., J Clin Oncol 7:1407-18 (1989).
  • the toxicity profiles of the two regimens are different, with the Mayo Clinic regimen resulting in more leukopenia and stomatitis and the Roswell Park regimen resulting in more frequent diarrhea.
  • Patients with newly diagnosed metastatic colorectal cancer receiving either regimen can expect a median time to disease progression of 4-5 months and a median survival of 12-14 months, Petrelli et al., J Clin Oncol 7:1419-26 (1989); Advanced Colorectal Cancer Meta-Analysis Project, J Clin Oncol 10:896-903 (1992); Buroker et al., J Clin Oncol 12:14-20 (1994); Cocconi et al., J Clin Oncol 16:2943-52 (1998).
  • irinotecan came at a price of increased toxicity: addition of irinotecan to 5-FU/leucovorin was associated with an increased incidence of National Cancer Institute Common Toxicity Criteria (NCI-CTC) Grade 3/4 diarrhea, Grade 3/4 vomiting, Grade 4 neutropenia, and asthenia compared with 5-FU/leucovorin alone.
  • NCI-CTC National Cancer Institute Common Toxicity Criteria
  • Single-agent irinotecan prolongs survival in the second-line setting Cunningham et al., Lancet 352:1413-18 (1998); Rougier et al., Lancet 352:1407-12 (1998).
  • Two randomized studies have demonstrated that irinotecan prolongs survival in patients who have progressed following 5-FU therapy.
  • the antibodies and chemotherapeutic agents of the invention are administered to a human patient, in accord with known methods, such as intravenous administration as a bolus or by continuous infusion over a period of time, by intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intracerobrospinal, subcutaneous, intra-articular, intrasynovial, intrathecal, oral, topical, or inhalation routes. Intravenous or subcutaneous administration of the antibody is preferred.
  • the treatment of the present invention involves the combined administration of an anti-VEGF antibody and one or more chemotherapeutic agents.
  • the present invention contemplates administration of cocktails of different chemotherapeutic agents.
  • the combined administration includes coadministration, using separate formulations or a single pharmaceutical formulation, and consecutive administration in either order, wherein preferably there is a time period while both (or all) active agents simultaneously exert their biological activities.
  • Preparation and dosing schedules for such chemotherapeutic agents may be used according to manufacturers' instructions or as determined empirically by the skilled practitioner. Preparation and dosing schedules for chemotherapy are also described in Chemotherapy Service Ed., M. C. Perry, Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md. (1992).
  • the chemotherapeutic agent may precede, or follow administration of the antibody or may be given simultaneously therewith.
  • the appropriate dosage of antibody will depend on the type of disease to be treated, as defined above, the severity and course of the disease, whether the antibody is administered for preventive or therapeutic purposes, previous therapy, the patient's clinical history and response to the antibody, and the discretion of the attending physician.
  • the antibody is suitably administered to the patient at one time or over a series of treatments.
  • the compositions of the present invention are administered in a therapeutically effective or synergistic amount.
  • a therapeutically effective amount is such that co-administration of anti-VEGF antibody and one or more other therapeutic agents, or administration of a composition of the present invention, results in reduction or inhibition of the targeting disease or condition.
  • a therapeutically synergistic amount is that amount of anti-VEGF antibody and one or more other therapeutic agents necessary to synergistically or significantly reduce or eliminate conditions or symptoms associated with a particular disease.
  • the antibody of the invention is administered every two to three weeks, at a dose ranged from about 5 mg/kg to about 15 mg/kg.
  • such dosing regimen is used in combination with a chemotherapy regimen as the first line therapy for treating metastatic colorectal cancer.
  • the chemotherapy regimen involves the traditional high-dose intermittent administration.
  • the chemotherapeutic agents are administered using smaller and more frequent doses without scheduled breaks (“metronomic chemotherapy”). The progress of the therapy of the invention is easily monitored by conventional techniques and assays.
  • the main advantage of the treatment of the present invention is the ability of producing marked anti-cancer effects in a human patient without causing significant toxicities or adverse effects, so that the patient benefited from the treatment overall.
  • the efficacy of the treatment of the invention can be measured by various endpoints commonly used in evaluating cancer treatments, including but not limited to, tumor regression, tumor weight or size shrinkage, time to progression, duration of survival, progression free survival, overall response rate, duration of response, and quality of life. Because the anti-angiogenic agents of the invention target the tumor vasculature and not necessarily the neoplastic cells themselves, they represent a unique class of anticancer drugs, and therefore may require unique measures and definitions of clinical responses to drugs.
  • tumor shrinkage of greater than 50% in a 2-dimensional analysis is the standard cut-off for declaring a response.
  • the anti-VEGF antibody of the invention may cause inhibition of metastatic spread without shrinkage of the primary tumor, or may simply exert a tumouristatic effect. Accordingly, novel approaches to determining efficacy of an anti-angiogenic therapy should be employed, including for example, measurement of plasma or urinary markers of angiogenesis and measurement of response through radiological imaging.
  • the present invention can be used for increasing the duration of survival of a human patient susceptible to or diagnosed with a cancer. Duration of survival is defined as the time from first administration of the drug to death.
  • the anti-VEGF antibody of the invention is administered to the human patient in combination with one or more chemotherapeutic agents, thereby the duration of survival of the patient is effectively increased as compared to a chemotherapy alone.
  • patient group treated with the anti-VEGF antibody combined with a chemotherapeutic cocktail of at least two, preferably three, chemotherapeutic agents may have a median duration of survival that is at least about 2 months, preferably between about 2 and about 5 months, longer than that of the patient group treated with the same chemotherapeutic cocktail alone, said increase being statistically significant.
  • Duration of survival can also be measured by stratified hazard ratio (HR) of the treatment group versus control group, which represents the risk of death for a patient during the treatment.
  • HR stratified hazard ratio
  • a combination treatment of anti-VEGF antibody and one or more chemotherapeutic agents significantly reduces the risk of death by at least about 30% (i.e., a stratified HR of about 0.70), preferably by at least about 35% (i.e., a stratified HR of about 0.65), when compared to a chemotherapy alone.
  • the present invention provides methods for increasing progression free survival of a human patient susceptible to or diagnosed with a cancer.
  • Time to disease progression is defined as the time from administration of the drug until disease progression.
  • the combination treatment of the invention using anti-VEGF antibody and one or more chemotherapeutic agents significantly increases progression free survival by at least about 2 months, preferably by about 2 to about 5 months, when compared to a treatment with chemotherapy alone.
  • the treatment of the present invention significantly increases response rate in a group of human patients susceptible to or diagnosed with a cancer who are treated with various therapeutics. Response rate is defined as the percentage of treated patients who responded to the treatment.
  • the combination treatment of the invention using anti-VEGF antibody and one or more chemotherapeutic agents significantly increases response rate in the treated patient group compared to the group treated with chemotherapy alone, said increase having a Chi-square p-value of less than 0.005.
  • the present invention provides methods for increasing duration of response in a human patient or a group of human patients susceptible to or diagnosed with a cancer. Duration of response is defined as the time from the initial response to disease progression.
  • a combination treatment of the invention using anti-VEGF antibody and one or more chemotherapeutic agents a statistically significant increase of at least 2 months in duration of response is obtainable and preferred.
  • the present invention provides methods of effectively treating cancers without significant adverse effects to the human patient subject to treatment.
  • the clinical outcomes of the treatment according to the invention are somewhat unexpected, in that several adverse events thought to be associated with anti-angiogenic therapies are not observed during the course of treatments according to the present invention.
  • previous clinical studies suggested that treatment with anti-VEGF antibodies may cause thrombosis (fatal in certain case), hypertension, proteinuria and epistaxis (bleeding).
  • combination therapy of the invention using anti-VEGF antibody combined with a chemotherapy cocktail comprising at least two, preferably three, chemotherapeutic agents does not significantly increase incident occurrences of these adverse events, when compared with the chemotherapy alone.
  • the treatment of the present invention unexpectedly contains side effects at acceptable level, at the same time significantly improve anticancer efficacy.
  • an article of manufacture containing materials useful for the treatment of the disorders described above comprises a container, a label and a package insert.
  • Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, etc.
  • the containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
  • the container holds a composition which is effective for treating the condition and may have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle).
  • At least one active agent in the composition is an anti-VEGF antibody.
  • the label on, or associated with, the container indicates that the composition is used for treating the condition of choice.
  • the article of manufacture may further comprise a second container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer, such as phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution. It may further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, and syringes.
  • the article of manufacture comprises a package inserts with instructions for use, including for example a warning that the composition is not to be used in combination with anthacycline-type chemotherapeutic agent, e.g. doxorubicin, or epirubicin, or instructing the user of the composition to administer the anti-VEGF antibody composition and an antineoplastic composition to a patient.
  • a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer such as phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution. It may further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, and s
  • hybridoma cell line has been deposited under the provisions of the Budapest Treaty with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Manassas, Va., USA:
  • a multicenter, Phase III, randomized, active-controlled trial was conducted to evaluate the efficacy and safety of bevacizumab when added to standard first-line chemotherapy used to treat metastatic colorectal cancer.
  • the trial enrolled over 900 patients with histologically confirmed, previously untreated, bi-dimensionally measurable metastatic colorectal cancer.
  • Bevacizumab also known as “rhuMAb VEGF” or “AvastinTM”
  • BV BV
  • rhuMAb VEGF rhuMAb VEGF
  • AvastinTM a recombinant humanized anti-VFGF monoclonal antibody generated according to Presta et al. (1997) Cancer Res. 57:4593-4599. It comprises mutated human IgG1 framework regions and antigen-binding complementarity-determining regions from the murine anti-hVEGF monoclonal antibody A.4.6.1 that blocks binding of human VEGF to its receptors.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 6,582,959; WO 98/45331 U.S. Pat. No. 6,582,959; WO 98/45331.
  • Bevacizumab Approximately 93% of the amino acid sequence of bevacizumab, including most of the framework regions, is derived from human IgG1, and about 7% of the sequence is derived from the murine antibody A4.6.1. Bevacizumab has a molecular mass of about 149,000 daltons and is glycosylated.
  • bevacizumab was produced by recombinant DNA technology, using a genetically engineered Chinese hamster ovary cell line.
  • the protein was purified from the cell culture medium by routine methods of column chromatography and filtration.
  • the final product was tested for quality, identity, safety, purity, potency, strength, and excipient/chemical composition according to U.S. Food and Drug Administration guidelines.
  • the purity of bevacizumab is >95%. bevacizumab is supplied as a clear to slightly opalescent, sterile liquid ready for parenteral administration.
  • Eligible patients had histologically confirmed metastatic colorectal carcinoma, with bidimensionally measurable disease.
  • Other inclusion criteria included an age of at least 18 years, an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) performance status of 0 or 1 (Oken et al. (1982) Am. J. Clin. Oncol. 5:649-55), a life expectancy of more than three months, and written informed consent.
  • Adequate hematologic, hepatic, and renal function was also required.
  • Exclusion criteria included prior chemotherapy or biologic therapy for metastatic disease (adjuvant or radiosensitizing use of fluoropyrimidines with or without leucovorin or levamisole more than 12 months before study entry was permitted), receipt of radiotherapy within 14 days before the initiation of study treatment, major surgery within 28 days before the initiation of study treatment, clinically significant cardiovascular disease, clinically detectable ascites, pregnancy or lactation, regular use of aspirin (more than 325 mg per day) or other nonsteroidal and inflammatory agents, preexisting bleeding diatheses or coagulopathy or the need for full-dose anticoagulation, and known central nervous system metastases.
  • Eligible patients were assigned to treatment with the use of a dynamic randomization algorithm that was designed to achieve overall balance between groups; randomization was stratified according to study center, baseline ECOG performance status (0 vs. 1), site of primary disease (colon vs. rectum), and number of metastatic sites (one vs. more than one). Initially, patients were randomly assigned in a 1:1:1 ratio to receive IFL plus placebo, IFL plus bevacizumab, or fluorouracil and leucovorin plus bevacizumab (Table 1), each of which was to continue until disease progression or unacceptable adverse effects occurred or for a maximum of 96 weeks.
  • Tumor responses and progression were determined with the use of the Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors. Therasse et al. (2000) J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 92:205-16. At the time of disease progression, the treatment assignment was revealed and patients could be offered second-line treatment. Such patients in the group assigned to bevacizumab-containing treatment had the option to continue bevacizumab during this second-line treatment. No crossovers were allowed in the group given IFL plus placebo. Patients assigned to a treatment containing bevacizumab who had no signs of progressive disease at the end of the 96-week study period could continue to receive bevacizumab in a separate extension study. Patients in a group receiving bevacizumab who had a confirmed complete response or unacceptable adverse effects from chemotherapy could discontinue chemotherapy and receive bevacizumab alone.
  • Bevacizumab (or placebo) was administered concomitantly with chemotherapy. Doses of bevacizumab and chemotherapy were recalculated if a patient's weight changed by at least 10 percent during the study. Standard intracycle and intercycle dose modifications of irinotecan and fluorouracil (according to the package insert), were permitted in patients with treatment-related adverse events. The doses of leucovorin and bevacizumab were not altered.
  • tumor status was assessed every 6 weeks for the first 24 weeks of the study and then every 12 weeks for the remainder of therapy. All complete and partial responses required confirmation at least four weeks after they were first noted.
  • Adverse events were categorized according to the Common Toxicity Criteria of the National Cancer Institute, version 2, in which a grade of 1 indicates mild adverse events, a grade of 2 moderate adverse events, a grade of 3 serious adverse events, and a grade of 4 life-threatening adverse events.
  • Prespecified safety measures included the incidence of all adverse events, all serious adverse events, and adverse events that have been associated with bevacizumab—hypertension, thrombosis, bleeding of grade 3 or 4, and proteinuria—as well as diarrhea of grade 3 or 4, and changes from baseline in various laboratory values and vital signs.
  • the primary outcome measure was the duration of overall survival; survival was measured without regard to subsequent treatments. There was no crossover between groups, however. Survival analysis techniques such as the Kaplan-Meier method, log-rank test, and Cox proportional hazards model were used. Secondary outcome measures were progression-free survival, objective response rates (complete and partial responses), the duration of responses, and the quality of life.
  • progression-free survival was defined as the time from randomization to progression or death during the study, with death during the study defined as any death that occurred within 30 days after the last dose of bevacizumab or chemotherapy.
  • data on progression-free survival were censored at the last assessment of tumor status or on day 0 if no further assessment was performed after baseline. Patients without adequate follow-up data were categorized as having no response.
  • the intention-to-treat analysis of the primary end point of overall survival included 411 patients in the group given IFL plus placebo and 402 patients in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab.
  • Table 2 shows selected demographic and baseline characteristics, which were well balanced between the groups. Similar numbers of patients in each group had previously undergone surgery or received radiation therapy or adjuvant chemotherapy for colorectal cancer.
  • the median duration of therapy was 27.6 weeks in the group given IFL plus placebo and 40.4 weeks in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab.
  • the percentage of the planned dose of irinotecan that was given was similar in the two groups (78 percent in the group given IFL plus placebo and 73 percent in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab).
  • the median duration of overall survival was significantly longer in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab than in the group given IFL plus placebo (20.3 months vs. 15.6 months), which corresponds to a hazard ratio for death of 0.66 (P ⁇ 0.001) (Table 3 and FIG. 1 ), or a reduction of 34 percent in the risk of death in the bevacizumab group.
  • the one-year survival rate was 74.3 percent in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab and 63.4 percent in the group given IFL plus placebo (P ⁇ 0.001).
  • the median duration of overall survival was 25.1 months in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab and 22.2 months in the group given IFL plus placebo.
  • FIG. 2 shows the Kaplan-Meier estimates of progression free survival.
  • Treatment effects were consistent across prespecified subgroups, including those defined according to age, sex, race, ECOG performance status, location of the primary tumor, presence or absence of prior adjuvant therapy, duration of metastatic disease, number of metastatic sites, years since the diagnosis of colorectal cancer, presence or absence of prior radiotherapy, baseline tumor burden, and serum concentrations of albumin, alkaline phosphatase, and lactate dehydrogenase.
  • Table 4 presents the incidence of selected grade 3 or 4 adverse events during the assigned treatment, without adjustment for the median duration of therapy (27.6 weeks in the group given IFL plus placebo and 40.4 weeks in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab).
  • the incidence of any grade 3 or 4 adverse events was approximately 10 percentage points higher among patients receiving IFL plus bevacizumab than among patients receiving IFL plus placebo, largely because of an increase in the incidence of grade 3 hypertension (requiring treatment) and small increases in the incidence of grade 4 diarrhea and leukopenia.
  • Rates of grade 2 or 3 proteinuria (there were no episodes of grade 4 proteinuria or nephrotic syndrome) and grade 3 or 4 bleeding from any cause were similar in the two groups, although all three cases of grade 4 bleeding were in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab.
  • the regimen of IFL plus bevacizumab increased progression-free survival from a median of 6.2 months to 10.6 months, the overall response rate from 34.8 percent to 44.8 percent, and the median duration of response from 7.1 months to 10.4 months. These improvements are clinically meaningful. It was not predicted that the absolute improvement in the response rate of 10 percent with IFL plus bevacizumab would have been associated with an increase in survival of this magnitude. This observation suggests that the primary mechanism of bevacizumab is the inhibition of tumor growth, rather than cytoreduction.
  • Patients were excluded if they had undergone major surgical procedures or open biopsy, or had experienced significant traumatic injury, within 28 days prior to study entry; anticipated need for major surgery during the course of the study; were currently using or had recently used therapeutic anticoagulants (except as required for catheter patency), thrombolytic therapy or chronic, daily treatment with aspirin ( ⁇ 325 mg/day) or nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory medications; had a serious, non-healing wound, ulcer, or bone fracture; had a history or evidence of CNS metastases; were pregnant or lactating; or had proteinuria or clinically significant impairment of renal function at baseline. All patients provided written informed consent for their participation.
  • An interactive voice response system was used to randomly assign eligible patients to one of two treatment groups: 5-FU/LV plus placebo or 5-FU/LV plus bevacizumab.
  • a dynamic randomization algorithm was utilized to achieve balance overall and within each of the following categories: study center, baseline ECOG performance status (0 vs. ⁇ 1), site of primary disease (colon vs. rectum), and number of metastatic sites (1 vs. >1).
  • the 5-FU/LV treatment comprising LV 500 mg/m 2 over 2 hours and 5-FU 500 mg/m 2 as a bolus midway through the LV infusion (Roswell Park regimen; Petrelli et al. (1989) J. Clin. Oncol. 7:1419-1426), was administered weekly for the first 6 weeks of each 8-week cycle.
  • Chemotherapy was continued until study completion (96 weeks) or disease progression.
  • Bevacizumab 5 mg/kg or placebo was administered every 2 weeks.
  • Patients in the bevacizumab arm who had a confirmed complete response or experienced unacceptable toxicity as a result of chemotherapy treatment were allowed to discontinue 5-FU/LV and continue receiving bevacizumab alone as first-line treatment.
  • patients were unblinded to their treatment assignment and could receive any second-line treatment at the discretion of the investigator. Only patients who had been randomized to the bevacizumab group could receive bevacizumab as a component of second-line treatment.
  • patients were followed for any subsequent treatment and survival every 4 months until death, loss to follow-up, or termination of the study.
  • the primary outcome measure was duration of overall survival. Secondary outcome measures included progression-free survival, objective response rate (complete and partial), response duration, and change in the FACT-C QOL score. Survival duration was defined as the time from randomization to death. For patients alive at the time of analysis, duration of survival was censored at the date of last contact. Progression-free survival was defined as the time from randomization to the earlier of disease progression or death on study, defined as death from any cause within 30 days of the last dose of study drug or chemotherapy. For patients alive without disease progression at the time of analysis, progression-free survival was censored at their last tumor assessment, or day 1 (the first day of study treatment) if no postbaseline assessment was performed. In the analysis of objective response, patients without tumor assessments were categorized as nonresponders.
  • TDQ time to deterioration in QOL
  • CCS colon-cancer specific FACT-C subscale score
  • Hazard ratios for the bevacizumab group relative to the placebo group were determined using the stratified Cox proportional hazards model.
  • a two-sided stratified log rank test was used to compare the two groups.
  • Stratified analyses included baseline ECOG performance status, site of primary disease, and the number of metastatic sites. Objective response rates were compared by the Chi-squared test.
  • the Cox proportional hazards model was used to estimate the effect of risk factors on modifications of treatment effect for duration of survival and progression-free survival.
  • Efficacy analyses were performed on the intent-to-treat population, defined as all randomized patients. Safety analyses included all patients who received at least one dose of study drug.
  • the median duration of therapy was 23 weeks in the 5-FU/LV/placebo group and 31 weeks in the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group, and the 5-FU dose intensity (percentage of planned 5-FU doses actually received) in the two groups was similar (92% vs. 84%) during the treatment course.
  • the date of date cut-off 1 patient in the 5-FU/LV/placebo group and 7 in the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group remained on the assigned initial therapy.
  • Subsequent therapies which may have influenced survival, were used in approximately 50% of patients in both groups, although more patients in the 5-FU/LV/placebo group were treated with the active agents irinotecan and oxaliplatin.
  • the 5-FU/LV/placebo group had a higher 60-day all-cause mortality compared to the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group (13.5% vs. 5.0%). Death due to disease progression in the first 60 days was similar (5.8% vs. 4.0%) in the two groups. In the 5-FU/LV/placebo group, deaths within the first 60 days not due to disease progression were attributed to the following: heart failure (1), sepsis (3), diarrhea (2), respiratory failure (1), and pulmonary embolus (1). In the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group, the single early death not due to disease progression was attributed to a myocardial infarction.
  • bevacizumab a humanized monoclonal antibody against VEGF
  • results of this clinical trial demonstrate that bevacizumab, a humanized monoclonal antibody against VEGF, provides important clinical benefit when added to first-line chemotherapy for the treatment of metastatic colorectal cancer.
  • bevacizumab prolonged median survival by 3.7 months, progression-free survival by 3.7 months, and response duration by 2.4 months, and increased the response rate by 11%.

Abstract

This invention concerns in general treatment of diseases and pathological conditions with anti-VEGF antibodies. More specifically, the invention concerns the treatment of human patients susceptible to or diagnosed with cancer using an anti-VEGF antibody, preferably in combination with one or more additional anti-tumor therapeutic agents.

Description

  • This is a divisional application claiming priority to U.S. application Ser. No. 11/763,263, filed Jun. 14, 2007, which is a continuation application claiming priority to U.S. application Ser. No. 10/857,249, filed May 28, 2004, abandoned, which is a non-provisional application claiming priority to U.S. provisional Application No. 60/474,480, filed May 30, 2003, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • This invention relates in general to treatment of human diseases and pathological conditions. More specifically, the invention relates to anti-angiogenesis therapy of cancer, either alone or in combination with other anti-cancer therapies.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Cancer remains to be one of the most deadly threats to human health. In the U.S., cancer affects nearly 1.3 million new patients each year, and is the second leading cause of death after heart disease, accounting for approximately 1 in 4 deaths. It is also predicted that cancer may surpass cardiovascular diseases as the number one cause of death within 5 years. Solid tumors are responsible for most of those deaths. Although there have been significant advances in the medical treatment of certain cancers, the overall 5-year survival rate for all cancers has improved only by about 10% in the past 20 years. Cancers, or malignant tumors, metastasize and grow rapidly in an uncontrolled manner, making timely detection and treatment extremely difficult. Furthermore, cancers can arise from almost any tissue in the body through malignant transformation of one or a few normal cells within the tissue, and each type of cancer with particular tissue origin differs from the others.
  • Current methods of cancer treatment are relatively non-selective. Surgery removes the diseased tissue; radiotherapy shrinks solid tumors; and chemotherapy kills rapidly dividing cells. Chemotherapy, in particular, results in numerous side effects, in some cases so severe as to limit the dosage that can be given and thus preclude the use of potentially effective drugs. Moreover, cancers often develop resistance to chemotherapeutic drugs.
  • Thus, there is an urgent need for specific and more effective cancer therapies.
  • Angiogenesis is an important cellular event in which vascular endothelial cells proliferate, prune and reorganize to form new vessels from preexisting vascular network. There are compelling evidences that the development of a vascular supply is essential for normal and pathological proliferative processes (Folkman and Klagsbrun (1987) Science 235:442-447). Delivery of oxygen and nutrients, as well as the removal of catabolic products, represent rate-limiting steps in the majority of growth processes occurring in multicellular organisms. Thus, it has been generally assumed that the vascular compartment is necessary, not only for organ development and differentiation during embryogenesis, but also for wound healing and reproductive functions in the adult.
  • Angiogenesis is also implicated in the pathogenesis of a variety of disorders, including but not limited to, tumors, proliferative retinopathies, age-related macular degeneration, rheumatoid arthritis (RA), and psoriasis. Angiogenesis is essential for the growth of most primary tumors and their subsequent metastasis. Tumors can absorb sufficient nutrients and oxygen by simple diffusion up to a size of 1-2 mm, at which point their further growth requires the elaboration of vascular supply. This process is thought to involve recruitment of the neighboring host mature vasculature to begin sprouting new blood vessel capillaries, which grow towards, and subsequently infiltrate, the tumor mass. In addition, tumor angiogenesis involve the recruitment of circulating endothelial precursor cells from the bone marrow to promote neovascularization. Kerbel (2000) Carcinogenesis 21:505-515; Lynden et al. (2001) Nat. Med. 7:1194-1201.
  • While induction of new blood vessels is considered to be the predominant mode of tumor angiogenesis, recent data have indicated that some tumors may grow by co-opting existing host blood vessels. The co-opted vasculature then regresses, leading to tumor regression that is eventually reversed by hypoxia-induced angiogenesis at the tumor margin. Holash et al. (1999) Science 284: 1994-1998.
  • In view of the remarkable physiological and pathological importance of angiogenesis, much work has been dedicated to the elucidation of the factors capable of regulating this process. It is suggested that the angiogenesis process is regulated by a balance between pro- and anti-angiogenic molecules, and is derailed in various diseases, especially cancer. Carmeliet and Jain (2000) Nature 407:249-257.
  • Vascular endothelial cell growth factor (VEGF), which is also termed VEGF-A or vascular permeability factor (VPF), has been reported as a pivotal regulator of both normal and abnormal angiogenesis. Ferrara and Davis-Smyth (1997) Endocrine Rev. 18:4-25; Ferrara (1999) J. Mol. Med. 77:527-543. Compared to other growth factors that contribute to the processes of vascular formation, VEGF is unique in its high specificity for endothelial cells within the vascular system. VEGF is essential for embryonic vasculogenesis and angiogenesis. Carmeliet et al. (1996) Nature 380:435-439; Ferrara et al. (1996) Nature 380:439-442. Furthermore, VEGF is required for the cyclical blood vessel proliferation in the female reproductive tract and for bone growth and cartilage formation. Ferrara et al. (1998) Nature Med. 4:336-340; Gerber et al. (1999) Nature Med. 5:623-628.
  • In addition to being an angiogenic factor in angiogenesis and vasculogenesis, VEGF, as a pleiotropic growth factor, exhibits multiple biological effects in other physiological processes, such as endothelial cell survival, vessel permeability and vasodilation, monocyte chemotaxis and calcium influx. Ferrara and Davis-Smyth (1997), supra. Moreover, recent studies have reported mitogenic effects of VEGF on a few non-endothelial cell types, such as retinal pigment epithelial cells, pancreatic duct cells and Schwann cells. Guerrin et al. (1995) J. Cell Physiol. 164:385-394; Oberg-Welsh et al. (1997) Mol. Cell. Endocrinol. 126:125-132; Sondell et al. (1999) J. Neurosci. 19:5731-5740.
  • Substantial evidence also implicates VEGF's critical role in the development of conditions or diseases that involve pathological angiogenesis. The VEGF mRNA is overexpressed by the majority of human tumors examined (Berkman et al. J Clin Invest 91:153-159 (1993); Brown et al. Human Pathol. 26:86-91 (1995); Brown et al. Cancer Res. 53:4727-4735 (1993); Mattern et al. Brit. J. Cancer. 73:931-934 (1996); and Dvorak et al. Am J. Pathol. 146:1029-1039 (1995)). Also, the concentration of VEGF in eye fluids are highly correlated to the presence of active proliferation of blood vessels in patients with diabetic and other ischemia-related retinopathies (Aiello et al. N. Engl. J. Med. 331:1480-1487 (1994)). Furthermore, recent studies have demonstrated the localization of VEGF in choroidal neovascular membranes in patients affected by AMD (Lopez et al. Invest. Ophtalmo. Vis. Sci. 37:855-868 (1996)).
  • Given its central role in promoting tumor growth, VEGF provides an attractive target for therapeutic intervention. Indeed, a variety of therapeutic strategies aimed at blocking VEGF or its receptor signaling system are currently being developed for the treatment of neoplastic diseases. Rosen (2000) Oncologist 5:20-27; Ellis et al. (2000) Oncologist 5:11-15; Kerbel (2001) J. Clin. Oncol. 19:45S-51S. So far, VEGF/VEGF receptor blockade by monoclonal antibodies and inhibition of receptor signaling by tyrosine kinase inhibitors are the best studied approaches. VEGFR-1 ribozymes, VEGF toxin conjugates, and soluble VEGF receptors are also being investigated.
  • The anti-VEGF antibody “Bevacizumab (BV)”, also known as “rhuMAb VEGF” or “Avastin™”, is a recombinant humanized anti-VFGF monoclonal antibody generated according to Presta et al. (1997) Cancer Res. 57:4593-4599. It comprises mutated human IgG1 framework regions and antigen-binding complementarity-determining regions from the murine anti-hVEGF monoclonal antibody A.4.6.1 that blocks binding of human VEGF to its receptors. Approximately 93% of the amino acid sequence of Bevacizumab, including most of the framework regions, is derived from human IgG1, and about 7% of the sequence is derived from the murine antibody A4.6.1. Bevacizumab has a molecular mass of about 149,000 daltons and is glycosylated. Bevacizumab is being investigated clinically for treating various cancers, and some early stage trials have shown promising results. Kerbel (2001) J. Clin. Oncol. 19:45S-51S; De Vore et al. (2000) Proc. Am. Soc. Clin. Oncol. 19:485a; Johnson et al. (2001) Proc. Am. Soc. Clin. Oncol. 20:315a; Kabbinavar et al. (2003) J. Clin. Oncol. 21:60-65.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention concerns methods of using anti-VEGF antibody for treating diseases and pathological conditions. In particular, the invention provides an effective approach for treating cancers, partially based on the unexpected results that adding anti-VEGF antibody to a standard chemotherapy results in statistically significant and clinically meaningful improvements among cancer patients.
  • Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention provides a method of treating cancer in a human patient, comprising administering to the patient effective amounts of an anti-VEGF antibody and an anti-neoplastic composition, wherein said anti-neoplastic composition comprises at least one chemotherapeutic agent.
  • The cancer amendable for treatment by the present invention include, but not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia or lymphoid malignancies. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell cancer, lung cancer (including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung, and squamous carcinoma of the lung), cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer (including gastrointestinal cancer), pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma and various types of head and neck cancer, as well as B-cell lymphoma (including low grade/follicular non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL); small lymphocytic (SL) NHL; intermediate grade/follicular NHL; intermediate grade diffuse NHL; high grade immunoblastic NHL; high grade lymphoblastic NHL; high grade small non-cleaved cell NHL; bulky disease NHL; mantle cell lymphoma; AIDS-related lymphoma; and Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia); chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL); acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL); Hairy cell leukemia; chronic myeloblastic leukemia; and post-transplant lymphoproliferative disorder (PTLD), as well as abnormal vascular proliferation associated with phakomatoses, edema (such as that associated with brain tumors), and Meigs' syndrome. Preferably, the cancer is selected from the group consisting of breast cancer, colorectal cancer, rectal cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, non-Hodgkins lymphoma (NHL), renal cell cancer, prostate cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, soft-tissue sarcoma, kaposi's sarcoma, carcinoid carcinoma, head and neck cancer, melanoma, ovarian cancer, mesothelioma, and multiple myeloma. More preferably, the cancer is colorectal cancer. The cancerous conditions amendible for treatment of the invention include metastatic cancers. The method of the present invention is particularly suitable for the treatment of vascularized tumors.
  • Any chemotherapeutic agent exhibiting anticancer activity can be used according to the present invention. Preferably, the chemotherapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of alkylating agents, antimetabolites, folic acid analogs, pyrimidine analogs, purine analogs and related inhibitors, vinca alkaloids, epipodopyyllotoxins, antibiotics, L-Asparaginase, topoisomerase inhibitor, interferons, platinum cooridnation complexes, anthracenedione substituted urea, methyl hydrazine derivatives, adrenocortical suppressant, adrenocorticosteroides, progestins, estrogens, antiestrogen, androgens, antiandrogen, and gonadotropin-releasing hormone analog. More preferably, the chemotherapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of 5-fluorouracil (5-FU), leucovorin (LV), irenotecan, oxaliplatin, capecitabine, paclitaxel and doxetaxel. Two or more chemotherapeutic agents can be used in a cocktail to be administered in combination with administration of the anti-VEGF antibody. One preferred combination chemotherapy is fluorouracil-based, comprising 5-FU and one or more other chemotherapeutic agent(s). Suitable dosing regimens of combination chemotherapies are known in the art and described in, for example, Saltz et al. (1999) Proc ASCO 18:233a and Douillard et al. (2000) Lancet 355:1041-7.
  • In one aspect, the present invention provides a method for increasing the duration of survival of a human patient having cancer, comprising administering to the patient effective amounts of an anti-VEGF antibody composition and an anti-neoplastic composition, wherein said anti-neoplastic composition comprises at least one chemotherapeutic agent, whereby the co-administration of the anti-VEGF antibody and the anti-neoplastic composition effectively increases the duration of survival.
  • In another aspect, the present invention provides a method for increasing the progression free survival of a human patient having cancer, comprising administering to the patient effective amounts of an anti-VEGF antibody composition and an anti-neoplastic composition, wherein said anti-neoplastic composition comprises at least one chemotherapeutic agent, whereby the co-administration of the anti-VEGF antibody and the anti-neoplastic composition effectively increases the duration of progression free survival.
  • Furthermore, the present invention provides a method for treating a group of human patients having cancer, comprising administering to the patient effective amounts of an anti-VEGF antibody composition and an anti-neoplastic composition, wherein said anti-neoplastic composition comprises at least one chemotherapeutic agent, whereby the co-administration of the anti-VEGF antibody and the anti-neoplastic composition effectively increases the response rate in the group of patients.
  • In yet another aspect, the present invention provides a method for increasing the duration of response of a human patient having cancer, comprising administering to the patient effective amounts of an anti-VEGF antibody composition and an anti-neoplastic composition, wherein said anti-neoplastic composition comprises at least one chemotherapeutic agent, whereby the co-administration of the anti-VEGF antibody and the anti-neoplastic composition effectively increases the duration of response.
  • The invention also provides a method of treating a human patient susceptible to or diagnosed with colorectal cancer, comprising administering to the patient effective amounts of an anti-VEGF antibody. The colorectal cancer can be metastatic. The anti-VEGF antibody treatment can be further combined with a standard chemotherapy for colorectal cancer such as the Saltz (5-FU/LV/irinotecan) regimen described by Saltz et al. (1999).
  • In one preferred embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a human patient or a group of human patients having metastatic colorectal cancer, comprising administering to the patient effective amounts of an anti-VEGF antibody composition and an anti-neoplastic composition, wherein said anti-neoplastic composition comprises at least one chemotherapeutic agent, whereby the co-administration of the anti-VEGF antibody and the anti-neoplastic composition results in statistically significant and clinically meaningful improvement of the treated patient as measured by the duration of survival, progression free survival, response rate or duration of response. Preferably, the anti-neoplastic composition is a fluorouracil based combination regimen. More preferably the combination regimen comprises 5-FU+leucovorin, 5-FU+leucovorin+irinotecan (IFL), or 5-FU+leucorvin+oxaliplatin (FOLFOX).
  • The invention provides an article of manufacture comprising a container, a composition within the container comprising an anti-VEGF antibody and a package insert instructing the user of the composition to administer to a cancer patient the anti-VEGF antibody composition and an anti-neoplastic composition comprising at least one chemotherapeutic agent.
  • The invention also provides a kit for treating cancer in a patient comprising a package comprising an anti-VEGF antibody composition and instructions for using the anti-VEGF antibody composition and an anti-neoplastic composition comprising at least one chemotherapeutic agent for treating cancer in a patient.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 represents Kaplan-Meier estimates of survival. The median duration of survival (indicated by the dotted lines) was 20.3 months in the group given irinotecan, fluorouracil, and leucovorin (IFL) plus bevacizumab, as compared with 15.6 months in the group given IFL plus placebo, corresponding to a hazard ratio for death of 0.66 (P<0.001).
  • FIG. 2 represents Kaplan-Meier estimates of progression-free survival. The median duration of progression-free survival (indicated by the dotted lines) was 10.6 months in the group given irinotecan, fluorouracil, and leucovorin (IFL) plus bevacizumab, as compared with 6.2 months in the group given IFL plus placebo, corresponding to a hazard ratio for progression of 0.54 (P<0.001).
  • FIGS. 3A-3C provide analysis of duration of survival by different subgroups of patients divided by baseline characteristics.
  • FIG. 4 represents Kaplan-Meier estimates of survival comparing the group given 5-FU/LV plus placebo vs. the group given 5-FU/LV plus bevacizumab (BV).
  • FIG. 5 represents Kaplan-Meier estimates of progression-free survival comparing the group given 5-FU/LV plus placebo vs. the group given 5-FU/LV plus bevacizumab (BV).
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS I. Definitions
  • The terms “VEGF” and “VEGF-A” are used interchangeably to refer to the 165-amino acid vascular endothelial cell growth factor and related 121-, 189-, and 206-amino acid vascular endothelial cell growth factors, as described by Leung et al. Science, 246:1306 (1989), and Houck et al. Mol. Endocrin., 5:1806 (1991), together with the naturally occurring allelic and processed forms thereof. The term “VEGF” is also used to refer to truncated forms of the polypeptide comprising amino acids 8 to 109 or 1 to 109 of the 165-amino acid human vascular endothelial cell growth factor. Reference to any such forms of VEGF may be identified in the present application, e.g., by “VEGF (8-109),” “VEGF (1-109)” or “VEGF165.” The amino acid positions for a “truncated” native VEGF are numbered as indicated in the native VEGF sequence. For example, amino acid position 17 (methionine) in truncated native VEGF is also position 17 (methionine) in native VEGF. The truncated native VEGF has binding affinity for the KDR and Flt-1 receptors comparable to native VEGF.
  • An “anti-VEGF antibody” is an antibody that binds to VEGF with sufficient affinity and specificity. Preferably, the anti-VEGF antibody of the invention can be used as a therapeutic agent in targeting and interfering with diseases or conditions wherein the VEGF activity is involved. An anti-VEGF antibody will usually not bind to other VEGF homologues such as VEGF-B or VEGF-C, nor other growth factors such as PlGF, PDGF or bFGF. A preferred anti-VEGF antibody is a monoclonal antibody that binds to the same epitope as the monoclonal anti-VEGF antibody A4.6.1 produced by hybridoma ATCC HB 10709. More preferably the anti-VEGF antibody is a recombinant humanized anti-VEGF monoclonal antibody generated according to Presta et al. (1997) Cancer Res. 57:4593-4599, including but not limited to the antibody known as bevacizumab (BV; Avastin™).
  • A “VEGF antagonist” refers to a molecule capable of neutralizing, blocking, inhibiting, abrogating, reducing or interfering with VEGF activities including its binding to one or more VEGF receptors. VEGF antagonists include anti-VEGF antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof, receptor molecules and derivatives which bind specifically to VEGF thereby sequestering its binding to one or more receptors, anti-VEGF receptor antibodies and VEGF receptor antagonists such as small molecule inhibitors of the VEGFR tyrosine kinases.
  • Throughout the present specification and claims, the numbering of the residues in an immunoglobulin heavy chain is that of the EU index as in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991), expressly incorporated herein by reference. The “EU index as in Kabat” refers to the residue numbering of the human IgG1 EU antibody.
  • A “native sequence” polypeptide comprises a polypeptide having the same amino acid sequence as a polypeptide derived from nature. Thus, a native sequence polypeptide can have the amino acid sequence of naturally-occurring polypeptide from any mammal. Such native sequence polypeptide can be isolated from nature or can be produced by recombinant or synthetic means. The term “native sequence” polypeptide specifically encompasses naturally-occurring truncated or secreted forms of the polypeptide (e.g., an extracellular domain sequence), naturally-occurring variant forms (e.g., alternatively spliced forms) and naturally-occurring allelic variants of the polypeptide.
  • A polypeptide “variant” means a biologically active polypeptide having at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity with the native sequence polypeptide. Such variants include, for instance, polypeptides wherein one or more amino acid residues are added, or deleted, at the N- or C-terminus of the polypeptide. Ordinarily, a variant will have at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity, more preferably at least about 90% amino acid sequence identity, and even more preferably at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity with the native sequence polypeptide.
  • The term “antibody” is used in the broadest sense and includes monoclonal antibodies (including full length or intact monoclonal antibodies), polyclonal antibodies, multivalent antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies), and antibody fragments (see below) so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity.
  • Unless indicated otherwise, the expression “multivalent antibody” is used throughout this specification to denote an antibody comprising three or more antigen binding sites. The multivalent antibody is preferably engineered to have the three or more antigen binding sites and is generally not a native sequence IgM or IgA antibody.
  • “Antibody fragments” comprise only a portion of an intact antibody, generally including an antigen binding site of the intact antibody and thus retaining the ability to bind antigen. Examples of antibody fragments encompassed by the present definition include: (i) the Fab fragment, having VL, CL, VH and CH1 domains; (ii) the Fab′ fragment, which is a Fab fragment having one or more cysteine residues at the C-terminus of the CH1 domain; (iii) the Fd fragment having VH and CH1 domains; (iv) the Fd′ fragment having VH and CH1 domains and one or more cysteine residues at the C-terminus of the CH1 domain; (v) the Fv fragment having the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody; (vi) the dAb fragment (Ward et al., Nature 341, 544-546 (1989)) which consists of a VH domain; (vii) isolated CDR regions; (viii) F(ab′)2 fragments, a bivalent fragment including two Fab′ fragments linked by a disulphide bridge at the hinge region; (ix) single chain antibody molecules (e.g. single chain Fv; scFv) (Bird et al., Science 242:423-426 (1988); and Huston et al., PNAS (USA) 85:5879-5883 (1988)); (x) “diabodies” with two antigen binding sites, comprising a heavy chain variable domain (VH) connected to a light chain variable domain (VL) in the same polypeptide chain (see, e.g., EP 404,097; WO 93/11161; and Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:6444-6448 (1993)); (xi) “linear antibodies” comprising a pair of tandem Fd segments (VH-CH1-VH-CH1) which, together with complementary light chain polypeptides, form a pair of antigen binding regions (Zapata et al. Protein Eng. 8(10):1057-1062 (1995); and U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,870).
  • The term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigen. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations that typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen. The modifier “monoclonal” is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler et al., Nature 256:495 (1975), or may be made by recombinant DNA methods (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567). The “monoclonal antibodies” may also be isolated from phage antibody libraries using the techniques described in Clackson et al., Nature 352:624-628 (1991) or Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol. 222:581-597 (1991), for example.
  • The monoclonal antibodies herein specifically include “chimeric” antibodies in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; and Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:6851-6855 (1984)).
  • “Humanized” forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are chimeric antibodies that contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin. For the most part, humanized antibodies are human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a hypervariable region of the recipient are replaced by residues from a hypervariable region of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, rabbit or nonhuman primate having the desired specificity, affinity, and capacity. In some instances, framework region (FR) residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues. Furthermore, humanized antibodies may comprise residues that are not found in the recipient antibody or in the donor antibody. These modifications are made to further refine antibody performance. In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the hypervariable loops correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FRs are those of a human immunoglobulin sequence. The humanized antibody optionally will also comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin. For further details, see Jones et al., Nature 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature 332:323-329 (1988); and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2:593-596 (1992).
  • A “human antibody” is one which possesses an amino acid sequence which corresponds to that of an antibody produced by a human and/or has been made using any of the techniques for making human antibodies as disclosed herein. This definition of a human antibody specifically excludes a humanized antibody comprising non-human antigen-binding residues. Human antibodies can be produced using various techniques known in the art. In one embodiment, the human antibody is selected from a phage library, where that phage library expresses human antibodies (Vaughan et al. Nature Biotechnology 14:309-314 (1996): Sheets et al. PNAS (USA) 95:6157-6162 (1998)); Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227:381 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581 (1991)). Human antibodies can also be made by introducing human immunoglobulin loci into transgenic animals, e.g., mice in which the endogenous immunoglobulin genes have been partially or completely inactivated. Upon challenge, human antibody production is observed, which closely resembles that seen in humans in all respects, including gene rearrangement, assembly, and antibody repertoire. This approach is described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,545,807; 5,545,806; 5,569,825; 5,625,126; 5,633,425; 5,661,016, and in the following scientific publications: Marks et al., Bio/Technology 10: 779-783 (1992); Lonberg et al., Nature 368: 856-859 (1994); Morrison, Nature 368:812-13 (1994); Fishwild et al., Nature Biotechnology 14: 845-51 (1996); Neuberger, Nature Biotechnology 14: 826 (1996); Lonberg and Huszar, Intern. Rev. Immunol. 13:65-93 (1995). Alternatively, the human antibody may be prepared via immortalization of human B lymphocytes producing an antibody directed against a target antigen (such B lymphocytes may be recovered from an individual or may have been immunized in vitro). See, e.g., Cole et al., Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, p. 77 (1985); Boerner et al., J. Immunol., 147 (1):86-95 (1991); and U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,373.
  • An “affinity matured” antibody is one with one or more alterations in one or more CDRs thereof which result an improvement in the affinity of the antibody for antigen, compared to a parent antibody which does not possess those alteration(s). Preferred affinity matured antibodies will have nanomolar or even picomolar affinities for the target antigen. Affinity matured antibodies are produced by procedures known in the art. Marks et al. Bio/Technology 10:779-783 (1992) describes affinity maturation by VH and VL domain shuffling. Random mutagenesis of CDR and/or framework residues is described by: Barbas et al. Proc Nat. Acad. Sci, USA 91:3809-3813 (1994); Schier et al. Gene 169:147-155 (1995); Yelton et al. J. Immunol. 155:1994-2004 (1995); Jackson et al., J. Immunol. 154(7):3310-9 (1995); and Hawkins et al, J. Mol. Biol. 226:889-896 (1992).
  • An “isolated” polypeptide is one that has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials that would interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the polypeptide, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or nonproteinaceous solutes. In preferred embodiments, the polypeptide will be purified (1) to greater than 95% by weight of polypeptide as determined by the Lowry method, and most preferably more than 99% by weight, (2) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator, or (3) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under reducing or nonreducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain. Isolated polypeptide includes the polypeptide in situ within recombinant cells since at least one component of the polypeptide's natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated polypeptide will be prepared by at least one purification step.
  • A “functional antigen binding site” of an antibody is one which is capable of binding a target antigen. The antigen binding affinity of the antigen binding site is not necessarily as strong as the parent antibody from which the antigen binding site is derived, but the ability to bind antigen must be measurable using any one of a variety of methods known for evaluating antibody binding to an antigen. Moreover, the antigen binding affinity of each of the antigen binding sites of a multivalent antibody herein need not be quantitatively the same. For the multimeric antibodies herein, the number of functional antigen binding sites can be evaluated using ultracentrifugation analysis as described in Example 2 below. According to this method of analysis, different ratios of target antigen to multimeric antibody are combined and the average molecular weight of the complexes is calculated assuming differing numbers of functional binding sites. These theoretical values are compared to the actual experimental values obtained in order to evaluate the number of functional binding sites.
  • An antibody having a “biological characteristic” of a designated antibody is one which possesses one or more of the biological characteristics of that antibody which distinguish it from other antibodies that bind to the same antigen.
  • In order to screen for antibodies which bind to an epitope on an antigen bound by an antibody of interest, a routine cross-blocking assay such as that described in Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Ed Harlow and David Lane (1988), can be performed.
  • An “agonist antibody” is an antibody which binds to and activates a receptor. Generally, the receptor activation capability of the agonist antibody will be at least qualitatively similar (and may be essentially quantitatively similar) to a native agonist ligand of the receptor. An example of an agonist antibody is one which binds to a receptor in the TNF receptor superfamily and induces apoptosis of cells expressing the TNF receptor. Assays for determining induction of apoptosis are described in WO98/51793 and WO99/37684, both of which are expressly incorporated herein by reference.
  • A “disorder” is any condition that would benefit from treatment with the antibody. This includes chronic and acute disorders or diseases including those pathological conditions which predispose the mammal to the disorder in question. Non-limiting examples of disorders to be treated herein include benign and malignant tumors; leukemias and lymphoid malignancies; neuronal, glial, astrocytal, hypothalamic and other glandular, macrophagal, epithelial, stromal and blastocoelic disorders; and inflammatory, angiogenic and immunologic disorders.
  • The term “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount of a drug effective to treat a disease or disorder in a mammal. In the case of cancer, the therapeutically effective amount of the drug may reduce the number of cancer cells; reduce the tumor size; inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) cancer cell infiltration into peripheral organs; inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) tumor metastasis; inhibit, to some extent, tumor growth; and/or relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms associated with the disorder. To the extent the drug may prevent growth and/or kill existing cancer cells, it may be cytostatic and/or cytotoxic. For cancer therapy, efficacy in vivo can, for example, be measured by assessing the duration of survival, time to disease progression (TTP), the response rates (RR), duration of response, and/or quality of life.
  • “Treatment” refers to both therapeutic treatment and prophylactic or preventative measures. Those in need of treatment include those already with the disorder as well as those in which the disorder is to be prevented.
  • The terms “cancer” and “cancerous” refer to or describe the physiological condition in mammals that is typically characterized by unregulated cell growth. Examples of cancer include but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell cancer, lung cancer (including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung, and squamous carcinoma of the lung), cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer (including gastrointestinal cancer), pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma and various types of head and neck cancer, as well as B-cell lymphoma (including low grade/follicular non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL); small lymphocytic (SL) NHL; intermediate grade/follicular NHL; intermediate grade diffuse NHL; high grade immunoblastic NHL; high grade lymphoblastic NHL; high grade small non-cleaved cell NHL; bulky disease NHL; mantle cell lymphoma; AIDS-related lymphoma; and Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia); chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL); acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL); Hairy cell leukemia; chronic myeloblastic leukemia; and post-transplant lymphoproliferative disorder (PTLD), as well as abnormal vascular proliferation associated with phakomatoses, edema (such as that associated with brain tumors), and Meigs' syndrome.
  • The term “mammalian host” as used herein refers to any compatible transplant recipient. By “compatible” is meant a mammalian host that will accept the donated graft. Preferably, the host is human. If both the donor of the graft and the host are human, they are preferably matched for HLA class II antigens so as to improve histocompatibility.
  • The term “cytotoxic agent” as used herein refers to a substance that inhibits or prevents the function of cells and/or causes destruction of cells. The term is intended to include radioactive isotopes (e.g. At211, I131, I125, Y90, Re186, Re188, Sm153, Bi212, P32 and radioactive isotopes of Lu), chemotherapeutic agents, and toxins such as small molecule toxins or enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, including fragments and/or variants thereof.
  • The term “anti-neoplastic composition” refers to a composition useful in treating cancer comprising at least one active therapeutic agent capable of inhibiting or preventing tumor growth or function, and/or causing destruction of tumor cells. Therapeutic agents suitable in an anti-neoplastic composition for treating cancer include, but not limited to, chemotherapeutic agents, radioactive isotopes, toxins, cytokines such as interferons, and antagonistic agents targeting cytokines, cytokine receptors or antigens associated with tumor cells. For example, therapeutic agents useful in the present invention can be antibodies such as anti-HER2 antibody and anti-CD20 antibody, or small molecule tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as VEGF receptor inhibitors and EGF receptor inhibitors. Preferably the therapeutic agent is a chemotherapeutic agent.
  • A “chemotherapeutic agent” is a chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer. Examples of chemotherapeutic agents include alkylating agents such as thiotepa and CYTOXAN® cyclosphosphamide; alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; ethylenimines and methylamelamines including altretamine, triethylenemelamine, trietylenephosphoramide, triethiylenethiophosphoramide and trimethylolomelamine; acetogenins (especially bullatacin and bullatacinone); a camptothecin (including the synthetic analogue topotecan); bryostatin; callystatin; CC-1065 (including its adozelesin, carzelesin and bizelesin synthetic analogues); cryptophycins (particularly cryptophycin 1 and cryptophycin 8); dolastatin; duocarmycin (including the synthetic analogues, KW-2189 and CB1-TM1); eleutherobin; pancratistatin; a sarcodictyin; spongistatin; nitrogen mustards such as chlorambucil, chlomaphazine, cholophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, uracil mustard; nitrosureas such as carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine, nimustine, and ranimnustine; antibiotics such as the enediyne antibiotics (e.g., calicheamicin, especially calicheamicin gammaII and calicheamicin omegaII (see, e.g., Agnew, Chem Intl Ed. Engl. 33:183-186 (1994)); dynemicin, including dynemicin A; bisphosphonates, such as clodronate; an esperamicin; as well as neocarzinostatin chromophore and related chromoprotein enediyne antiobiotic chromophores), aclacinomysins, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin, carabicin, caminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycinis, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, ADRIAMYCIN® doxorubicin (including morpholino-doxorubicin, cyanomorpholino-doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolino-doxorubicin and deoxydoxorubicin), epirubicin, esorubicin, idarubicin, marcellomycin, mitomycins such as mitomycin C, mycophenolic acid, nogalamycin, olivomycins, peplomycin, potfiromycin, puromycin, quelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin, ubenimex, zinostatin, zorubicin; anti-metabolites such as methotrexate and 5-fluorouracil (5-FU); folic acid analogues such as denopterin, methotrexate, pteropterin, trimetrexate; purine analogs such as fludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine, thioguanine; pyrimidine analogs such as ancitabine, azacitidine, 6-azauridine, carmofur, cytarabine, dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine, enocitabine, floxuridine; androgens such as calusterone, dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane, testolactone; anti-adrenals such as aminoglutethimide, mitotane, trilostane; folic acid replenisher such as frolinic acid; aceglatone; aldophosphamide glycoside; aminolevulinic acid; eniluracil; amsacrine; bestrabucil; bisantrene; edatraxate; defofamine; demecolcine; diaziquone; elfomithine; elliptinium acetate; an epothilone; etoglucid; gallium nitrate; hydroxyurea; lentinan; lonidainine; maytansinoids such as maytansine and ansamitocins; mitoguazone; mitoxantrone; mopidanmol; nitraerine; pentostatin; phenamet; pirarubicin; losoxantrone; podophyllinic acid; 2-ethylhydrazide; procarbazine; PSK® polysaccharide complex (JHS Natural Products, Eugene, Oreg.); razoxane; rhizoxin; sizofuran; spirogermanium; tenuazonic acid; triaziquone; 2,2′,2″-trichlorotriethylamine; trichothecenes (especially T-2 toxin, verracurin A, roridin A and anguidine); urethan; vindesine; dacarbazine; mannomustine; mitobronitol; mitolactol; pipobroman; gacytosine; arabinoside (“Ara-C”); cyclophosphamide; thiotepa; taxoids, e.g., TAXOL® paclitaxel (Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology, Princeton, N.J.), ABRAXANE™ Cremophor-free, albumin-engineered nanoparticle formulation of paclitaxel (American Pharmaceutical Partners, Schaumberg, Ill.), and TAXOTERE® doxetaxel (Rhône-Poulenc Rorer, Antony, France); chloranbucil; GEMZAR® gemcitabine; 6-thioguanine; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; platinum coordination complexes such as cisplatin, oxaliplatin and carboplatin; vinblastine; platinum; etoposide (VP-16); ifosfamide; mitoxantrone; vincristine; NAVELBINE® vinorelbine; novantrone; teniposide; edatrexate; daunomycin; aminopterin; xeloda; ibandronate; irinotecan (e.g., CPT-11); topoisomerase inhibitor RFS 2000; difluoromethylomithine (DMFO); retinoids such as retinoic acid; capecitabine; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above.
  • Also included in this definition are anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tumors such as anti-estrogens and selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs), including, for example, tamoxifen (including NOLVADEX® tamoxifen), raloxifene, droloxifene, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, trioxifene, keoxifene, LY117018, onapristone, and FARESTON• toremifene; aromatase inhibitors that inhibit the enzyme aromatase, which regulates estrogen production in the adrenal glands, such as, for example, 4(5)-imidazoles, aminoglutethimide, MEGASE® megestrol acetate, AROMASIN® exemestane, formestanie, fadrozole, RIVISOR® vorozole, FEMARA® letrozole, and ARIMIDEX® anastrozole; and anti-androgens such as flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, leuprolide, and goserelin; as well as troxacitabine (a 1,3-dioxolane nucleoside cytosine analog); antisense oligonucleotides, particularly those which inhibit expression of genes in signaling pathways implicated in abherant cell proliferation, such as, for example, PKC-alpha, Ralf and H-Ras; ribozymes such as a VEGF expression inhibitor (e.g., ANGIOZYME® ribozyme) and a HER2 expression inhibitor; vaccines such as gene therapy vaccines, for example, ALLOVECTIN® vaccine, LEUVECTIN® vaccine, and VAXID® vaccine; PROLEUKIN® rIL-2; LURTOTECAN® topoisomerase 1 inhibitor; ABARELIX® rmRH; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above.
  • A “growth inhibitory agent” when used herein refers to a compound or composition which inhibits growth of a cell in vitro and/or in vivo. Thus, the growth inhibitory agent may be one which significantly reduces the percentage of cells in S phase. Examples of growth inhibitory agents include agents that block cell cycle progression (at a place other than S phase), such as agents that induce G1 arrest and M-phase arrest. Classical M-phase blockers include the vincas (vincristine and vinblastine), TAXOL®, and topo II inhibitors such as doxorubicin, epirubicin, daunorubicin, etoposide, and bleomycin. Those agents that arrest G1 also spill over into S-phase arrest, for example, DNA alkylating agents such as tamoxifen, prednisone, dacarbazine, mechlorethamine, cisplatin, methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, and ara-C. Further information can be found in The Molecular Basis of Cancer, Mendelsohn and Israel, eds., Chapter 1, entitled “Cell cycle regulation, oncogenes, and antineoplastic drugs” by Murakami et al. (WB Saunders: Philadelphia, 1995), especially p. 13.
  • The term “cytokine” is a generic term for proteins released by one cell population which act on another cell as intercellular mediators. Examples of such cytokines are lymphokines, monokines, and traditional polypeptide hormones. Included among the cytokines are growth hormone such as human growth hormone, N-methionyl human growth hormone, and bovine growth hormone; parathyroid hormone; thyroxine; insulin; proinsulin; relaxin; prorelaxin; glycoprotein hormones such as follicle stimulating hormone (FSH), thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), and luteinizing hormone (LH); epidermal growth factor; hepatic growth factor; fibroblast growth factor; prolactin; placental lactogen; tumor necrosis factor-alpha and -beta; mullerian-inhibiting substance; mouse gonadotropin-associated peptide; inhibin; activin; vascular endothelial growth factor; integrin; thrombopoietin (TPO); nerve growth factors such as NGF-alpha; platelet-growth factor; transforming growth factors (TGFs) such as TGF-alpha and TGF-beta; insulin-like growth factor-I and -II; erythropoietin (EPO); osteoinductive factors; interferons such as interferon-alpha, -beta and -gamma colony stimulating factors (CSFs) such as macrophage-CSF (M-CSF); granulocyte-macrophage-CSF (GM-CSF); and granulocyte-CSF (G-CSF); interleukins (ILs) such as IL-1, IL-1alpha, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12; a tumor necrosis factor such as TNF-alpha or TNF-beta; and other polypeptide factors including LIF and kit ligand (KL). As used herein, the term cytokine includes proteins from natural sources or from recombinant cell culture and biologically active equivalents of the native sequence cytokines.
  • The term “prodrug” as used in this application refers to a precursor or derivative form of a pharmaceutically active substance that is less cytotoxic to tumor cells compared to the parent drug and is capable of being enzymatically activated or converted into the more active parent form. See, e.g., Wilman, “Prodrugs in Cancer Chemotherapy” Biochemical Society Transactions, 14, pp. 375-382, 615th Meeting Belfast (1986) and Stella et al., “Prodrugs: A Chemical Approach to Targeted Drug Delivery,” Directed Drug Delivery, Borchardt et al. (ed.), pp. 247-267, Humana Press (1985). The prodrugs of this invention include, but are not limited to, phosphate-containing prodrugs, thiophosphate-containing prodrugs, sulfate-containing prodrugs, peptide-containing prodrugs, D-amino acid-modified prodrugs, glycosylated prodrugs, beta-lactam-containing prodrugs, optionally substituted phenoxyacetamide-containing prodrugs or optionally substituted phenylacetamide-containing prodrugs, 5-fluorocytosine and other 5-fluorouridine prodrugs which can be converted into the more active cytotoxic free drug. Examples of cytotoxic drugs that can be derivatized into a prodrug form for use in this invention include, but are not limited to, those chemotherapeutic agents described above.
  • The term “intravenous infusion” refers to introduction of a drug into the vein of an animal or human patient over a period of time greater than approximately 5 minutes, preferably between approximately 30 to 90 minutes, although, according to the invention, intravenous infusion is alternatively administered for 10 hours or less.
  • The term “intravenous bolus” or “intravenous push” refers to drug administration into a vein of an animal or human such that the body receives the drug in approximately 15 minutes or less, preferably 5 minutes or less.
  • The term “subcutaneous administration” refers to introduction of a drug under the skin of an animal or human patient, preferable within a pocket between the skin and underlying tissue, by relatively slow, sustained delivery from a drug receptacle. The pocket may be created by pinching or drawing the skin up and away from underlying tissue.
  • The term “subcutaneous infusion” refers to introduction of a drug under the skin of an animal or human patient, preferably within a pocket between the skin and underlying tissue, by relatively slow, sustained delivery from a drug receptacle for a period of time including, but not limited to, 30 minutes or less, or 90 minutes or less. Optionally, the infusion may be made by subcutaneous implantation of a drug delivery pump implanted under the skin of the animal or human patient, wherein the pump delivers a predetermined amount of drug for a predetermined period of time, such as 30 minutes, 90 minutes, or a time period spanning the length of the treatment regimen.
  • The term “subcutaneous bolus” refers to drug administration beneath the skin of an animal or human patient, where bolus drug delivery is preferably less than approximately 15 minutes, more preferably less than 5 minutes, and most preferably less than 60 seconds. Administration is preferably within a pocket between the skin and underlying tissue, where the pocket is created, for example, by pinching or drawing the skin up and away from underlying tissue.
  • An “angiogenic factor” is a growth factor which stimulates the development of blood vessels. The preferred angiogenic factor herein is Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF).
  • The word “label” when used herein refers to a detectable compound or composition which is conjugated directly or indirectly to the polypeptide. The label may be itself be detectable (e.g., radioisotope labels or fluorescent labels) or, in the case of an enzymatic label, may catalyze chemical alteration of a substrate compound or composition which is detectable.
  • An “isolated” nucleic acid molecule is a nucleic acid molecule that is identified and separated from at least one contaminant nucleic acid molecule with which it is ordinarily associated in the natural source of the polypeptide nucleic acid. An isolated nucleic acid molecule is other than in the form or setting in which it is found in nature. Isolated nucleic acid molecules therefore are distinguished from the nucleic acid molecule as it exists in natural cells. However, an isolated nucleic acid molecule includes a nucleic acid molecule contained in cells that ordinarily express the polypeptide where, for example, the nucleic acid molecule is in a chromosomal location different from that of natural cells.
  • The expression “control sequences” refers to DNA sequences necessary for the expression of an operably linked coding sequence in a particular host organism. The control sequences that are suitable for prokaryotes, for example, include a promoter, optionally an operator sequence, and a ribosome binding site. Eukaryotic cells are known to utilize promoters, polyadenylation signals, and enhancers.
  • Nucleic acid is “operably linked” when it is placed into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence. For example, DNA for a presequence or secretory leader is operably linked to DNA for a polypeptide if it is expressed as a preprotein that participates in the secretion of the polypeptide; a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transcription of the sequence; or a ribosome binding site is operably linked to a coding sequence if it is positioned so as to facilitate translation. Generally, “operably linked” means that the DNA sequences being linked are contiguous, and, in the case of a secretory leader, contiguous and in reading phase. However, enhancers do not have to be contiguous. Linking is accomplished by ligation at convenient restriction sites. If such sites do not exist, the synthetic oligonucleotide adaptors or linkers are used in accordance with conventional practice.
  • As used herein, the expressions “cell,” “cell line,” and “cell culture” are used interchangeably and all such designations include progeny. Thus, the words “transformants” and “transformed cells” include the primary subject cell and cultures derived therefrom without regard for the number of transfers. It is also understood that all progeny may not be precisely identical in DNA content, due to deliberate or inadvertent mutations. Mutant progeny that have the same function or biological activity as screened for in the originally transformed cell are included. Where distinct designations are intended, it will be clear from the context.
    • II. Production of Anti-VEGF Antibodies A. Antibody Preparation (i) VEGF Antigen
  • Means for preparing and characterizing antibodies are well known in the art. A description follows as to exemplary techniques for the production of anti-VEGF antibodies used in accordance with the present invention. The VEGF antigen to be used for production of antibodies may be, e.g., the VEGF165 molecule as well as other isoforms of VEGF or a fragment thereof containing the desired epitope. Other forms of VEGF useful for generating anti-VEGF antibodies of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • Human VEGF was obtained by first screening a cDNA library prepared from human cells, using bovine VEGF cDNA as a hybridization probe. Leung et al. (1989) Science, 246:1306. One cDNA identified thereby encodes a 165-amino acid protein having greater than 95% homology to bovine VEGF; this 165-amino acid protein is typically referred to as human VEGF (hVEGF) or VEGF165. The mitogenic activity of human VEGF was confirmed by expressing the human VEGF cDNA in mammalian host cells. Media conditioned by cells transfected with the human VEGF cDNA promoted the proliferation of capillary endothelial cells, whereas control cells did not. Leung et al. (1989) Science, supra.
  • Although a vascular endothelial cell growth factor could be isolated and purified from natural sources for subsequent therapeutic use, the relatively low concentrations of the protein in follicular cells and the high cost, both in terms of effort and expense, of recovering VEGF proved commercially unavailing. Accordingly, further efforts were undertaken to clone and express VEGF via recombinant DNA techniques. (See, e.g., Ferrara (1995) Laboratory Investigation 72:615-618, and the references cited therein).
  • VEGF is expressed in a variety of tissues as multiple homodimeric forms (121, 145, 165, 189, and 206 amino acids per monomer) resulting from alternative RNA splicing. VEGF121 is a soluble mitogen that does not bind heparin; the longer forms of VEGF bind heparin with progressively higher affinity. The heparin-binding forms of VEGF can be cleaved in the carboxy terminus by plasmin to release a diffusible form(s) of VEGF. Amino acid sequencing of the carboxy terminal peptide identified after plasmin cleavage is Arg110-Ala111. Amino terminal “core” protein, VEGF (1-110) isolated as a homodimer, binds neutralizing monoclonal antibodies (such as the antibodies referred to as 4.6.1 and 3.2E3.1.1) and soluble forms of VEGF receptors with similar affinity compared to the intact VEGF165 homodimer.
  • Several molecules structurally related to VEGF have also been identified recently, including placenta growth factor (PlGF), VEGF-B, VEGF-C, VEGF-D and VEGF-E. Ferrara and Davis-Smyth (1987) Endocr. Rev., supra; Ogawa et al. (1998) J. Biological Chem. 273:31273-31281; Meyer et al. (1999) EMBO J., 18:363-374. A receptor tyrosine kinase, Flt-4 (VEGFR-3), has been identified as the receptor for VEGF-C and VEGF-D. Joukov et al. (1996) EMBO. J. 15:1751; Lee et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:1988-1992; Achen et al. (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:548-553. VEGF-C has recently been shown to be involved in the regulation of lymphatic angiogenesis. Jeltsch et al. (1997) Science 276:1423-1425.
  • Two VEGF receptors have been identified, Flt-1 (also called VEGFR-1) and KDR (also called VEGFR-2). Shibuya et al. (1990) Oncogene 8:519-527; de Vries et al. (1992) Science 255:989-991; Terman et al. (1992) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 187:1579-1586. Neuropilin-1 has been shown to be a selective VEGF receptor, able to bind the heparin-binding VEGF isoforms (Soker et al. (1998) Cell 92:735-45). Both Flt-I and KDR belong to the family of receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs). The RTKs comprise a large family of transmembrane receptors with diverse biological activities. At present, at least nineteen (19) distinct RTK subfamilies have been identified. The receptor tyrosine kinase (RTK) family includes receptors that are crucial for the growth and differentiation of a variety of cell types (Yarden and Ullrich (1988) Ann. Rev. Biochem. 57:433-478; Ullrich and Schlessinger (1990) Cell 61:243-254). The intrinsic function of RTKs is activated upon ligand binding, which results in phosphorylation of the receptor and multiple cellular substrates, and subsequently in a variety of cellular responses (Ullrich & Schlessinger (1990) Cell 61:203-212). Thus, receptor tyrosine kinase mediated signal transduction is initiated by extracellular interaction with a specific growth factor (ligand), typically followed by receptor dimerization, stimulation of the intrinsic protein tyrosine kinase activity and receptor trans-phosphorylation. Binding sites are thereby created for intracellular signal transduction molecules and lead to the formation of complexes with a spectrum of cytoplasmic signaling molecules that facilitate the appropriate cellular response. (e.g., cell division, differentiation, metabolic effects, changes in the extracellular microenvironment) see, Schlessinger and Ullrich (1992) Neuron 9: 1-20. Structurally, both Flt-1 and KDR have seven immunoglobulin-like domains in the extracellular domain, a single transmembrane region, and a consensus tyrosine kinase sequence which is interrupted by a kinase-insert domain. Matthews et al. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:9026-9030; Terman et al. (1991) Oncogene 6:1677-1683.
    • (ii) Polyclonal Antibodies
  • Polyclonal antibodies are preferably raised in animals by multiple subcutaneous (sc) or intraperitoneal (ip) injections of the relevant antigen and an adjuvant. It may be useful to conjugate the relevant antigen to a protein that is immunogenic in the species to be immunized, e.g., keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, or soybean trypsin inhibitor using a bifunctional or derivatizing agent, for example, maleimidobenzoyl sulfosuccinimide ester (conjugation through cysteine residues), N-hydroxysuccinimide (through lysine residues), glutaraldehyde, succinic anhydride, SOCl2, or R1N═C═NR, where R and R1 are different alkyl groups.
  • Animals are immunized against the antigen, immunogenic conjugates, or derivatives by combining, e.g., 100 μg or 5 μg of the protein or conjugate (for rabbits or mice, respectively) with 3 volumes of Freund's complete adjuvant and injecting the solution intradermally at multiple sites. One month later the animals are boosted with ⅕ to 1/10 the original amount of peptide or conjugate in Freund's complete adjuvant by subcutaneous injection at multiple sites. Seven to 14 days later the animals are bled and the serum is assayed for antibody titer. Animals are boosted until the titer plateaus. Preferably, the animal is boosted with the conjugate of the same antigen, but conjugated to a different protein and/or through a different cross-linking reagent. Conjugates also can be made in recombinant cell culture as protein fusions. Also, aggregating agents such as alum are suitably used to enhance the immune response.
  • (iii) Monoclonal Antibodies
  • Monoclonal antibodies may be made using the hybridoma method first described by Kohler et al, Nature, 256:495 (1975), or may be made by recombinant DNA methods (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567).
  • In the hybridoma method, a mouse or other appropriate host animal, such as a hamster or macaque monkey, is immunized as hereinabove described to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the protein used for immunization. Alternatively, lymphocytes may be immunized in vitro. Lymphocytes then are fused with myeloma cells using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell (Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, pp. 59-103 (Academic Press, 1986)).
  • The hybridoma cells thus prepared are seeded and grown in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, parental myeloma cells. For example, if the parental myeloma cells lack the enzyme hypoxanthine guanine phosphoribosyl transferase (HGPRT or HPRT), the culture medium for the hybridomas typically will include hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine (HAT medium), which substances prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells.
  • Preferred myeloma cells are those that fuse efficiently, support stable high-level production of antibody by the selected antibody-producing cells, and are sensitive to a medium such as HAT medium. Among these, preferred myeloma cell lines are murine myeloma lines, such as those derived from MOPC-21 and MPC-11 mouse tumors available from the Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, Calif. USA, and SP-2 or X63-Ag8-653 cells available from the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Md. USA. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines also have been described for the production of human monoclonal antibodies (Kozbor, J. Immunol., 133:3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, pp. 51-63 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1987)).
  • Culture medium in which hybridoma cells are growing is assayed for production of monoclonal antibodies directed against the antigen. Preferably, the binding specificity of monoclonal antibodies produced by hybridoma cells is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in vitro binding assay, such as radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA).
  • After hybridoma cells are identified that produce antibodies of the desired specificity, affinity, and/or activity, the clones may be subcloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods (Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, pp. 59-103 (Academic Press, 1986)). Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, D-MEM or RPMI-1640 medium. In addition, the hybridoma cells may be grown in vivo as ascites tumors in an animal.
  • The monoclonal antibodies secreted by the subclones are suitably separated from the culture medium, ascites fluid, or serum by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as, for example, protein A-Sepharose, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.
  • DNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies is readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of the monoclonal antibodies). The hybridoma cells serve as a preferred source of such DNA. Once isolated, the DNA may be placed into expression vectors, which are then transfected into host cells such as E. coli cells, simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells. Recombinant production of antibodies will be described in more detail below.
  • In a further embodiment, antibodies or antibody fragments can be isolated from antibody phage libraries generated using the techniques described in McCafferty et al., Nature, 348:552-554 (1990). Clackson et al., Nature, 352:624-628 (1991) and Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597 (1991) describe the isolation of murine and human antibodies, respectively, using phage libraries. Subsequent publications describe the production of high affinity (nM range) human antibodies by chain shuffling (Marks et al., Bio/Technology, 10:779-783 (1992)), as well as combinatorial infection and in vivo recombination as a strategy for constructing very large phage libraries (Waterhouse et al., Nuc. Acids. Res., 21:2265-2266 (1993)). Thus, these techniques are viable alternatives to traditional monoclonal antibody hybridoma techniques for isolation of monoclonal antibodies.
  • The DNA also may be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for human heavy- and light-chain constant domains in place of the homologous murine sequences (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Morrison, et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851 (1984)), or by covalently joining to the immunoglobulin coding sequence all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide.
  • Typically such non-immunoglobulin polypeptides are substituted for the constant domains of an antibody, or they are substituted for the variable domains of one antigen-combining site of an antibody to create a chimeric bivalent antibody comprising one antigen-combining site having specificity for an antigen and another antigen-combining site having specificity for a different antigen.
    • (iv) Humanized and Human Antibodies
  • A humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source which is non-human. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as “import” residues, which are typically taken from an “import” variable domain. Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers (Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature, 332:323-327 (1988); Verhoeyen et al., Science, 239:1534-1536 (1988)), by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody. Accordingly, such “humanized” antibodies are chimeric antibodies (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567) wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species. In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
  • The choice of human variable domains, both light and heavy, to be used in making the humanized antibodies is very important to reduce antigenicity. According to the so-called “best-fit” method, the sequence of the variable domain of a rodent antibody is screened against the entire library of known human variable-domain sequences. The human sequence which is closest to that of the rodent is then accepted as the human framework (FR) for the humanized antibody (Sims et al., J. Immunol., 151:2296 (1993); Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol., 196:901 (1987)). Another method uses a particular framework derived from the consensus sequence of all human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chains. The same framework may be used for several different humanized antibodies (Carter et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:4285 (1992); Presta et al., J. Immunol., 151:2623 (1993)).
  • It is further important that antibodies be humanized with retention of high affinity for the antigen and other favorable biological properties. To achieve this goal, according to a preferred method, humanized antibodies are prepared by a process of analysis of the parental sequences and various conceptual humanized products using three-dimensional models of the parental and humanized sequences. Three-dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art. Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three-dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis of the likely role of the residues in the functioning of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen. In this way, FR residues can be selected and combined from the recipient and import sequences so that the desired antibody characteristic, such as increased affinity for the target antigen(s), is achieved. In general, the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding.
  • Alternatively, it is now possible to produce transgenic animals (e.g., mice) that are capable, upon immunization, of producing a full repertoire of human antibodies in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production. For example, it has been described that the homozygous deletion of the antibody heavy-chain joining region (JH) gene in chimeric and germ-line mutant mice results in complete inhibition of endogenous antibody production. Transfer of the human germ-line immunoglobulin gene array in such germ-line mutant mice will result in the production of human antibodies upon antigen challenge. See, e.g., Jakobovits et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:2551 (1993); Jakobovits et al., Nature, 362:255-258 (1993); Bruggermann et al., Year in Immuno., 7:33 (1993); and Duchosal et al. Nature 355:258 (1992). Human antibodies can also be derived from phage-display libraries (Hoogenboom et al., J. Mol. Biol., 227:381 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597 (1991); Vaughan et al. Nature Biotech 14:309 (1996)).
    • (v) Antibody Fragments
  • Various techniques have been developed for the production of antibody fragments. Traditionally, these fragments were derived via proteolytic digestion of intact antibodies (see, e.g., Morimoto et al., Journal of Biochemical and Biophysical Methods 24:107-117 (1992) and Brennan et al., Science, 229:81 (1985)). However, these fragments can now be produced directly by recombinant host cells. For example, the antibody fragments can be isolated from the antibody phage libraries discussed above. Alternatively, Fab′-SH fragments can be directly recovered from E. coli and chemically coupled to form F(ab′)2 fragments (Carter et al., Bio/Technology 10: 163-167 (1992)). According to another approach, F(ab′)2 fragments can be isolated directly from recombinant host cell culture. Other techniques for the production of antibody fragments will be apparent to the skilled practitioner. In other embodiments, the antibody of choice is a single chain Fv fragment (scFv). See WO 93/16185.
    • (vi) Multispecific Antibodies
  • Multispecific antibodies have binding specificities for at least two different antigens. While such molecules normally will only bind two antigens (i.e. bispecific antibodies, BsAbs), antibodies with additional specificities such as trispecific antibodies are encompassed by this expression when used herein. Examples of BsAbs include those with one arm directed against a tumor cell antigen and the other arm directed against a cytotoxic trigger molecule such as anti-FcγRI/anti-CD15, anti-p185HER2/FcγRIII (CD16), anti-CD3/anti-malignant B-cell (1D10), anti-CD3/anti-p185HER2, anti-CD3/anti-p97, anti-CD3/anti-renal cell carcinoma, anti-CD3/anti-OVCAR-3, anti-CD3/L-D1 (anti-colon carcinoma), anti-CD3/anti-melanocyte stimulating hormone analog, anti-EGF receptor/anti-CD3, anti-CD3/anti-CAMA1, anti-CD3/anti-CD19, anti-CD3/MoV18, anti-neural cell adhesion molecule (NCAM)/anti-CD3, anti-folate binding protein (FBP)/anti-CD3, anti-pan carcinoma associated antigen (AMOC-31)/anti-CD3; BsAbs with one arm which binds specifically to a tumor antigen and one arm which binds to a toxin such as anti-saporin/anti-Id-1, anti-CD22/anti-saporin, anti-CD7/anti-saporin, anti-CD38/anti-saporin, anti-CEA/anti-ricin A chain, anti-interferon-α (IFN-α)/anti-hybridoma idiotype, anti-CEA/anti-vinca alkaloid; BsAbs for converting enzyme activated prodrugs such as anti-CD30/anti-alkaline phosphatase (which catalyzes conversion of mitomycin phosphate prodrug to mitomycin alcohol); BsAbs which can be used as fibrinolytic agents such as anti-fibrin/anti-tissue plasminogen activator (tPA), anti-fibrin/anti-urokinase-type plasminogen activator (uPA); BsAbs for targeting immune complexes to cell surface receptors such as anti-low density lipoprotein (LDL)/anti-Fc receptor (e.g. FcγRI, FcγRII or FcγRIII); BsAbs for use in therapy of infectious diseases such as anti-CD3/anti-herpes simplex virus (HSV), anti-T-cell receptor:CD3 complex/anti-influenza, anti-FcγR/anti-HIV; BsAbs for tumor detection in vitro or in vivo such as anti-CEA/anti-EOTUBE, anti-CEA/anti-DPTA, anti-p185HRR2/anti-hapten; BsAbs as vaccine adjuvants; and BsAbs as diagnostic tools such as anti-rabbit IgG/anti-ferritin, anti-horse radish peroxidase (HRP)/anti-hormone, anti-somatostatin/anti-substance P, anti-HRP/anti-FITC, anti-CEA/anti-β-galactosidase. Examples of trispecific antibodies include anti-CD3/anti-CD4/anti-CD37, anti-CD3/anti-CD5/anti-CD37 and anti-CD3/anti-CD8/anti-CD37. Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full length antibodies or antibody fragments (e.g F(ab′)2 bispecific antibodies). Methods for making bispecific antibodies are known in the art. Traditional production of full length bispecific antibodies is based on the coexpression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs, where the two chains have different specificities (Millstein et al., Nature, 305:537-539 (1983)). Because of the random assortment of immunoglobulin heavy and light chains, these hybridomas (quadromas) produce a potential mixture of 10 different antibody molecules, of which only one has the correct bispecific structure. Purification of the correct molecule, which is usually done by affinity chromatography steps, is rather cumbersome, and the product yields are low. Similar procedures are disclosed in WO 93/08829, and in Traunecker et al., EMBO J., 10:3655-3659 (1991).
  • According to a different approach, antibody variable domains with the desired binding specificities (antibody-antigen combining sites) are fused to immunoglobulin constant domain sequences. The fusion preferably is with an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant domain, comprising at least part of the hinge, CH2, and CH3 regions. It is preferred to have the first heavy-chain constant region (CH1) containing the site necessary for light chain binding, present in at least one of the fusions. DNAs encoding the immunoglobulin heavy chain fusions and, if desired, the immunoglobulin light chain, are inserted into separate expression vectors, and are co-transfected into a suitable host organism. This provides for great flexibility in adjusting the mutual proportions of the three polypeptide fragments in embodiments when unequal ratios of the three polypeptide chains used in the construction provide the optimum yields. It is, however, possible to insert the coding sequences for two or all three polypeptide chains in one expression vector when the expression of at least two polypeptide chains in equal ratios results in high yields or when the ratios are of no particular significance.
  • In a preferred embodiment of this approach, the bispecific antibodies are composed of a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain with a first binding specificity in one arm, and a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pair (providing a second binding specificity) in the other arm. It was found that this asymmetric structure facilitates the separation of the desired bispecific compound from unwanted immunoglobulin chain combinations, as the presence of an immunoglobulin light chain in only one half of the bispecific molecule provides for a facile way of separation. This approach is disclosed in WO 94/04690. For further details of generating bispecific antibodies see, for example, Suresh et al., Methods in Enzymology, 121:210 (1986). According to another approach described in WO96/27011, the interface between a pair of antibody molecules can be engineered to maximize the percentage of heterodimers which are recovered from recombinant cell culture. The preferred interface comprises at least a part of the CH3 domain of an antibody constant domain. In this method, one or more small amino acid side chains from the interface of the first antibody molecule are replaced with larger side chains (e.g. tyrosine or tryptophan). Compensatory “cavities” of identical or similar size to the large side chain(s) are created on the interface of the second antibody molecule by replacing large amino acid side chains with smaller ones (e.g alanine or threonine). This provides a mechanism for increasing the yield of the heterodimer over other unwanted end-products such as homodimers.
  • Bispecific antibodies include cross-linked or “heteroconjugate” antibodies. For example, one of the antibodies in the heteroconjugate can be coupled to avidin, the other to biotin. Such antibodies have, for example, been proposed to target immune system cells to unwanted cells (U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980), and for treatment of HIV infection (WO 91/00360, WO 92/200373, and EP 03089). Heteroconjugate antibodies may be made using any convenient cross-linking methods. Suitable cross-linking agents are well known in the art, and are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980, along with a number of cross-linking techniques.
  • Techniques for generating bispecific antibodies from antibody fragments have also been described in the literature. For example, bispecific antibodies can be prepared using chemical linkage. Brennan et al., Science, 229: 81 (1985) describe a procedure wherein intact antibodies are proteolytically cleaved to generate F(ab′)2 fragments. These fragments are reduced in the presence of the dithiol complexing agent sodium arsenite to stabilize vicinal dithiols and prevent intermolecular disulfide formation. The Fab′ fragments generated are then converted to thionitrobenzoate (TNB) derivatives. One of the Fab′-TNB derivatives is then reconverted to the Fab′-thiol by reduction with mercaptoethylamine and is mixed with an equimolar amount of the other Fab′-TNB derivative to form the bispecific antibody. The bispecific antibodies produced can be used as agents for the selective immobilization of enzymes.
  • Recent progress has facilitated the direct recovery of Fab′-SH fragments from E. coli, which can be chemically coupled to form bispecific antibodies. Shalaby et al., J. Exp. Med., 175: 217-225 (1992) describe the production of a fully humanized bispecific antibody F(ab′)2 molecule. Each Fab′ fragment was separately secreted from E. coli and subjected to directed chemical coupling in vitro to form the bispecific antibody. The bispecific antibody thus formed was able to bind to cells overexpressing the VEGF receptor and normal human T cells, as well as trigger the lytic activity of human cytotoxic lymphocytes against human breast tumor targets.
  • Various techniques for making and isolating bispecific antibody fragments directly from recombinant cell culture have also been described. For example, bispecific antibodies have been produced using leucine zippers. Kostelny et al., J. Immunol., 148(5): 1547-1553 (1992). The leucine zipper peptides from the Fos and Jun proteins were linked to the Fab′ portions of two different antibodies by gene fusion. The antibody homodimers were reduced at the hinge region to form monomers and then re-oxidized to form the antibody heterodimers. This method can also be utilized for the production of antibody homodimers. The “diabody” technology described by Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:6444-6448 (1993) has provided an alternative mechanism for making bispecific antibody fragments. The fragments comprise a heavy-chain variable domain (VH) connected to a light-chain variable domain (VL) by a linker which is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain. Accordingly, the VH and VL domains of one fragment are forced to pair with the complementary VL and VH domains of another fragment, thereby forming two antigen-binding sites. Another strategy for making bispecific antibody fragments by the use of single-chain Fv (sFv) dimers has also been reported. See Gruber et al., J. Immunol., 152:5368 (1994).
  • Antibodies with more than two valencies are contemplated. For example, trispecific antibodies can be prepared. Tutt et al. J. Immunol. 147: 60 (1991).
  • (vii) Effector Function Engineering
  • It may be desirable to modify the antibody of the invention with respect to effector function, so as to enhance the effectiveness of the antibody in treating cancer, for example. For example cysteine residue(s) may be introduced in the Fc region, thereby allowing interchain disulfide bond formation in this region. The homodimeric antibody thus generated may have improved internalization capability and/or increased complement-mediated cell killing and antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC). See Caron et al., J. Exp Med. 176:1191-1195 (1992) and Shopes, B. J. Immunol. 148:2918-2922 (1992). Homodimeric antibodies with enhanced anti-tumor activity may also be prepared using heterobifunctional cross-linkers as described in Wolff et al. Cancer Research 53:2560-2565 (1993). Alternatively, an antibody can be engineered which has dual Fc regions and may thereby have enhanced complement lysis and ADCC capabilities. See Stevenson et al. Anti-Cancer Drug Design 3:219-230 (1989).
  • (viii) Immunoconjugates
  • The invention also pertains to immunoconjugates comprising the antibody described herein conjugated to a cytotoxic agent such as a chemotherapeutic agent, toxin (e.g. an enzymatically active toxin of bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or a radioactive isotope (i.e., a radioconjugate).
  • Chemotherapeutic agents useful in the generation of such immunoconjugates have been described above. Enzymatically active toxins and fragments thereof which can be used include diphtheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa), ricin A chain, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin proteins, Phytolaca americana proteins (PAPI, PAPII, and PAP-S), momordica charantia inhibitor, curcin, crotin, sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, gelonin, mitogellin, restrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin and the tricothecenes. A variety of radionuclides are available for the production of radioconjugate antibodies. Examples include 212Bi, 131I, 131In, 90Y and 186Re.
  • Conjugates of the antibody and cytotoxic agent are made using a variety of bifunctional protein coupling agents such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithiol) propionate (SPDP), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCL), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutareldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as tolyene 2,6-diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene). For example, a ricin immunotoxin can be prepared as described in Vitetta et al. Science 238: 1098 (1987). Carbon-14-labeled 1-isothiocyanatobenzyl-3-methyldiethylene triaminepentaacetic acid (MX-DTPA) is an exemplary chelating agent for conjugation of radionucleotide to the antibody. See WO94/11026.
  • In another embodiment, the antibody may be conjugated to a “receptor” (such streptavidin) for utilization in tumor pretargeting wherein the antibody-receptor conjugate is administered to the patient, followed by removal of unbound conjugate from the circulation using a clearing agent and then administration of a “ligand” (e.g. avidin) which is conjugated to a cytotoxic agent (e.g a radionucleotide).
    • (ix) Immunoliposomes
  • The antibody disclosed herein may also be formulated as immunoliposomes. Liposomes containing the antibody are prepared by methods known in the art, such as described in Epstein et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 82:3688 (1985); Hwang et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:4030 (1980); and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,485,045 and 4,544,545. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,013,556.
  • Particularly useful liposomes can be generated by the reverse phase evaporation method with a lipid composition comprising phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol and PEG-derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-PE). Liposomes are extruded through filters of defined pore size to yield liposomes with the desired diameter. Fab′ fragments of the antibody of the present invention can be conjugated to the liposomes as described in Martin et al. J. Biol. Chem. 257: 286-288 (1982) via a disulfide interchange reaction. A chemotherapeutic agent (such as Doxorubicin) is optionally contained within the liposome. See Gabizon et al. J. National Cancer Inst. 81(19)1484 (1989)
    • (x) Antibody Dependent Enzyme Mediated Prodrug Therapy (ADEPT)
  • The antibody of the present invention may also be used in ADEPT by conjugating the antibody to a prodrug-activating enzyme which converts a prodrug (e.g. a peptidyl chemotherapeutic agent, see WO81/01145) to an active anti-cancer drug. See, for example, WO 88/07378 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,975,278.
  • The enzyme component of the immunoconjugate useful for ADEPT includes any enzyme capable of acting on a prodrug in such a way so as to convert it into its more active, cytotoxic form.
  • Enzymes that are useful in the method of this invention include, but are not limited to, alkaline phosphatase useful for converting phosphate-containing prodrugs into free drugs; arylsulfatase useful for converting sulfate-containing prodrugs into free drugs; cytosine deaminase useful for converting non-toxic 5-fluorocytosine into the anti-cancer drug, 5-fluorouracil; proteases, such as serratia protease, thermolysin, subtilisin, carboxypeptidases and cathepsins (such as cathepsins B and L), that are useful for converting peptide-containing prodrugs into free drugs; D-alanylcarboxypeptidases, useful for converting prodrugs that contain D-amino acid substituents; carbohydrate-cleaving enzymes such as β-galactosidase and neuraminidase useful for converting glycosylated prodrugs into free drugs; β-lactamase useful for converting drugs derivatized with β-lactams into free drugs; and penicillin amidases, such as penicillin V amidase or penicillin G amidase, useful for converting drugs derivatized at their amine nitrogens with phenoxyacetyl or phenylacetyl groups, respectively, into free drugs. Alternatively, antibodies with enzymatic activity, also known in the art as “abzymes”, can be used to convert the prodrugs of the invention into free active drugs (see, e.g., Massey, Nature 328: 457-458 (1987)). Antibody-abzyme conjugates can be prepared as described herein for delivery of the abzyme to a tumor cell population.
  • The enzymes of this invention can be covalently bound to the antibody by techniques well known in the art such as the use of the heterobifunctional crosslinking reagents discussed above. Alternatively, fusion proteins comprising at least the antigen binding region of an antibody of the invention linked to at least a functionally active portion of an enzyme of the invention can be constructed using recombinant DNA techniques well known in the art (see, e.g., Neuberger et al., Nature, 312: 604-608 (1984)).
    • (xi) Antibody-Salvage Receptor Binding Epitope Fusions.
  • In certain embodiments of the invention, it may be desirable to use an antibody fragment, rather than an intact antibody, to increase tumor penetration, for example. In this case, it may be desirable to modify the antibody fragment in order to increase its serum half life. This may be achieved, for example, by incorporation of a salvage receptor binding epitope into the antibody fragment (e.g. by mutation of the appropriate region in the antibody fragment or by incorporating the epitope into a peptide tag that is then fused to the antibody fragment at either end or in the middle, e.g., by DNA or peptide synthesis).
  • The salvage receptor binding epitope preferably constitutes a region wherein any one or more amino acid residues from one or two loops of a Fc domain are transferred to an analogous position of the antibody fragment. Even more preferably, three or more residues from one or two loops of the Fc domain are transferred. Still more preferred, the epitope is taken from the CH2 domain of the Fc region (e.g., of an IgG) and transferred to the CH1, CH3, or VH region, or more than one such region, of the antibody. Alternatively, the epitope is taken from the CH2 domain of the Fc region and transferred to the CL region or VL region, or both, of the antibody fragment.
  • (xii) Other Covalent Modifications of the Antibody
  • Covalent modifications of the antibody are included within the scope of this invention. They may be made by chemical synthesis or by enzymatic or chemical cleavage of the antibody, if applicable. Other types of covalent modifications of the antibody are introduced into the molecule by reacting targeted amino acid residues of the antibody with an organic derivatizing agent that is capable of reacting with selected side chains or the N- or C-terminal residues.
  • Cysteinyl residues most commonly are reacted with α-haloacetates (and corresponding amines), such as chloroacetic acid or chloroacetamide, to give carboxymethyl or carboxyamidomethyl derivatives. Cysteinyl residues also are derivatized by reaction with bromotrifluoroacetone, α-bromo-β-(5-imidozoyl)propionic acid, chloroacetyl phosphate, N-alkylmaleimides, 3-nitro-2-pyridyl disulfide, methyl 2-pyridyl disulfide, p-chloromercuribenzoate, 2-chloromercuri-4-nitrophenol, or chloro-7-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1,3-diazole.
  • Histidyl residues are derivatized by reaction with diethylpyrocarbonate at pH 5.5-7.0 because this agent is relatively specific for the histidyl side chain. Para-bromophenacyl bromide also is useful; the reaction is preferably performed in 0.1 M sodium cacodylate at pH 6.0.
  • Lysinyl and amino-terminal residues are reacted with succinic or other carboxylic acid anhydrides. Derivatization with these agents has the effect of reversing the charge of the lysinyl residues. Other suitable reagents for derivatizing α-amino-containing residues include imidoesters such as methyl picolinimidate, pyridoxal phosphate, pyridoxal, chloroborohydride, trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid, O-methylisourea, 2,4-pentanedione, and transaminase-catalyzed reaction with glyoxylate.
  • Arginyl residues are modified by reaction with one or several conventional reagents, among them phenylglyoxal, 2,3-butanedione, 1,2-cyclohexanedione, and ninhydrin. Derivatization of arginine residues requires that the reaction be performed in alkaline conditions because of the high pKa of the guanidine functional group. Furthermore, these reagents may react with the groups of lysine as well as the arginine epsilon-amino group.
  • The specific modification of tyrosyl residues may be made, with particular interest in introducing spectral labels into tyrosyl residues by reaction with aromatic diazonium compounds or tetranitromethane. Most commonly, N-acetylimidizole and tetranitromethane are used to form O-acetyl tyrosyl species and 3-nitro derivatives, respectively. Tyrosyl residues are iodinated using 125I or 131I to prepare labeled proteins for use in radioimmunoassay.
  • Carboxyl side groups (aspartyl or glutamyl) are selectively modified by reaction with carbodiimides (R—N═C═N—R′), where R and R′ are different alkyl groups, such as 1-cyclohexyl-3-(2-morpholinyl-4-ethyl) carbodiimide or 1-ethyl-3-(4-azonia-4,4-dimethylpentyl) carbodiimide. Furthermore, aspartyl and glutamyl residues are converted to asparaginyl and glutaminyl residues by reaction with ammonium ions.
  • Glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues are frequently deamidated to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues, respectively. These residues are deamidated under neutral or basic conditions. The deamidated form of these residues falls within the scope of this invention.
  • Other modifications include hydroxylation of proline and lysine, phosphorylation of hydroxyl groups of seryl or threonyl residues, methylation of the α-amino groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains (T. E. Creighton, Proteins: Structure and Molecular Properties, W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, pp. 79-86 (1983)), acetylation of the N-terminal amine, and amidation of any C-terminal carboxyl group.
  • Another type of covalent modification involves chemically or enzymatically coupling glycosides to the antibody. These procedures are advantageous in that they do not require production of the antibody in a host cell that has glycosylation capabilities for N- or O-linked glycosylation. Depending on the coupling mode used, the sugar(s) may be attached to (a) arginine and histidine, (b) free carboxyl groups, (c) free sulfhydryl groups such as those of cysteine, (d) free hydroxyl groups such as those of serine, threonine, or hydroxyproline, (e) aromatic residues such as those of phenylalanine, tyrosine, or tryptophan, or (f) the amide group of glutamine. These methods are described in WO 87/05330 published 11 Sep. 1987, and in Aplin and Wriston, CRC Crit. Rev. Biochem., pp. 259-306 (1981).
  • Removal of any carbohydrate moieties present on the antibody may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically. Chemical deglycosylation requires exposure of the antibody to the compound trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, or an equivalent compound. This treatment results in the cleavage of most or all sugars except the linking sugar (N-acetylglucosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine), while leaving the antibody intact. Chemical deglycosylation is described by Hakimuddin, et al. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 259:52 (1987) and by Edge et al. Anal. Biochem., 118:131 (1981). Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on antibodies can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al. Meth. Enzymol. 138:350 (1987).
  • Another type of covalent modification of the antibody comprises linking the antibody to one of a variety of nonproteinaceous polymers, e.g., polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,640,835; 4,496,689; 4,301,144; 4,670,417; 4,791,192 or 4,179,337.
    • B. Vectors, Host Cells and Recombinant Methods
  • The anti-VEGF antibody of the invention can be produced recombinantly, using techniques and materials readily obtainable.
  • For recombinant production of an anti-VEGF antibody, the nucleic acid encoding it is isolated and inserted into a replicable vector for further cloning (amplification of the DNA) or for expression. DNA encoding the monoclonal antibody is readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of the antibody). Many vectors are available. The vector components generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: a signal sequence, an origin of replication, one or more marker genes, an enhancer element, a promoter, and a transcription termination sequence.
    • (i) Signal Sequence Component
  • The antibody of this invention may be produced recombinantly not only directly, but also as a fusion polypeptide with a heterologous polypeptide, which is preferably a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide. The heterologous signal sequence selected preferably is one that is recognized and processed (i.e., cleaved by a signal peptidase) by the host cell. For prokaryotic host cells that do not recognize and process the native antibody signal sequence, the signal sequence is substituted by a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, lpp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II leaders. For yeast secretion the native signal sequence may be substituted by, e.g., the yeast invertase leader, α factor leader (including Saccharomyces and Kluyveromyces α-factor leaders), or acid phosphatase leader, the C. albicans glucoamylase leader, or the signal described in WO 90/13646. In mammalian cell expression, mammalian signal sequences as well as viral secretory leaders, for example, the herpes simplex gD signal, are available.
  • The DNA for such precursor region is ligated in reading frame to DNA encoding the antibody.
    • (ii) Origin of Replication Component
  • Both expression and cloning vectors contain a nucleic acid sequence that enables the vector to replicate in one or more selected host cells. Generally, in cloning vectors this sequence is one that enables the vector to replicate independently of the host chromosomal DNA, and includes origins of replication or autonomously replicating sequences. Such sequences are well known for a variety of bacteria, yeast, and viruses. The origin of replication from the plasmid pBR322 is suitable for most Gram-negative bacteria, the 2μ plasmid origin is suitable for yeast, and various viral origins (SV40, polyoma, adenovirus, VSV or BPV) are useful for cloning vectors in mammalian cells. Generally, the origin of replication component is not needed for mammalian expression vectors (the SV40 origin may typically be used only because it contains the early promoter).
  • (iii) Selection Gene Component
  • Expression and cloning vectors may contain a selection gene, also termed a selectable marker. Typical selection genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, or tetracycline, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex media, e.g., the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacilli.
  • One example of a selection scheme utilizes a drug to arrest growth of a host cell. Those cells that are successfully transformed with a heterologous gene produce a protein conferring drug resistance and thus survive the selection regimen. Examples of such dominant selection use the drugs neomycin, mycophenolic acid and hygromycin.
  • Another example of suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells are those that enable the identification of cells competent to take up the antibody nucleic acid, such as DHFR, thymidine kinase, metallothionein-I and -II, preferably primate metallothionein genes, adenosine deaminase, ornithine decarboxylase, etc.
  • For example, cells transformed with the DHFR selection gene are first identified by culturing all of the transformants in a culture medium that contains methotrexate (Mtx), a competitive antagonist of DHFR. An appropriate host cell when wild-type DHFR is employed is the Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell line deficient in DHFR activity.
  • Alternatively, host cells (particularly wild-type hosts that contain endogenous DHFR) transformed or co-transformed with DNA sequences encoding antibody, wild-type DHFR protein, and another selectable marker such as aminoglycoside 3′-phosphotransferase (APH) can be selected by cell growth in medium containing a selection agent for the selectable marker such as an aminoglycosidic antibiotic, e.g., kanamycin, neomycin, or G418. See U.S. Pat. No. 4,965,199.
  • A suitable selection gene for use in yeast is the trp1 gene present in the yeast plasmid YRp7 (Stinchcomb et al., Nature, 282:39 (1979)). The trp1 gene provides a selection marker for a mutant strain of yeast lacking the ability to grow in tryptophan, for example, ATCC No. 44076 or PEP4-1. Jones, Genetics, 85:12 (1977). The presence of the trp1 lesion in the yeast host cell genome then provides an effective environment for detecting transformation by growth in the absence of tryptophan. Similarly, Leu2-deficient yeast strains (ATCC 20,622 or 38,626) are complemented by known plasmids bearing the Leu2 gene.
  • In addition, vectors derived from the 1.6 μm circular plasmid pKD1 can be used for transformation of Kluyveromyces yeasts. Alternatively, an expression system for large-scale production of recombinant calf chymosin was reported for K. lactis. Van den Berg, Bio/Technology, 8:135 (1990). Stable multi-copy expression vectors for secretion of mature recombinant human serum albumin by industrial strains of Kluyveromyces have also been disclosed. Fleer et al., Bio/Technology, 9:968-975 (1991).
    • (iv) Promoter Component
  • Expression and cloning vectors usually contain a promoter that is recognized by the host organism and is operably linked to the antibody nucleic acid. Promoters suitable for use with prokaryotic hosts include the phoA promoter, β-lactamase and lactose promoter systems, alkaline phosphatase, a tryptophan (trp) promoter system, and hybrid promoters such as the tac promoter. However, other known bacterial promoters are suitable. Promoters for use in bacterial systems also will contain a Shine-Dalgarno (S.D.) sequence operably linked to the DNA encoding the antibody.
  • Promoter sequences are known for eukaryotes. Virtually all eukaryotic genes have an AT-rich region located approximately 25 to 30 bases upstream from the site where transcription is initiated. Another sequence found 70 to 80 bases upstream from the start of transcription of many genes is a CNCAAT region where N may be any nucleotide. At the 3′ end of most eukaryotic genes is an AATAAA sequence that may be the signal for addition of the poly A tail to the 3′ end of the coding sequence. All of these sequences are suitably inserted into eukaryotic expression vectors.
  • Examples of suitable promoting sequences for use with yeast hosts include the promoters for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase or other glycolytic enzymes, such as enolase, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, hexokinase, pyruvate decarboxylase, phosphofructokinase, glucose-6-phosphate isomerase, 3-phosphoglycerate mutase, pyruvate kinase, triosephosphate isomerase, phosphoglucose isomerase, and glucokinase.
  • Other yeast promoters, which are inducible promoters having the additional advantage of transcription controlled by growth conditions, are the promoter regions for alcohol dehydrogenase 2, isocytochrome C, acid phosphatase, degradative enzymes associated with nitrogen metabolism, metallothionein, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, and enzymes responsible for maltose and galactose utilization. Suitable vectors and promoters for use in yeast expression are further described in EP 73,657. Yeast enhancers also are advantageously used with yeast promoters.
  • Antibody transcription from vectors in mammalian host cells is controlled, for example, by promoters obtained from the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus, adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, a retrovirus, hepatitis-B virus and most preferably Simian Virus 40 (SV40), from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g., the actin promoter or an immunoglobulin promoter, from heat-shock promoters, provided such promoters are compatible with the host cell systems.
  • The early and late promoters of the SV40 virus are conveniently obtained as an SV40 restriction fragment that also contains the SV40 viral origin of replication. The immediate early promoter of the human cytomegalovirus is conveniently obtained as a HindIII E restriction fragment. A system for expressing DNA in mammalian hosts using the bovine papilloma virus as a vector is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,419,446. A modification of this system is described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,601,978. See also Reyes et al., Nature 297:598-601 (1982) on expression of human β-interferon cDNA in mouse cells under the control of a thymidine kinase promoter from herpes simplex virus. Alternatively, the rous sarcoma virus long terminal repeat can be used as the promoter.
    • (v) Enhancer Element Component
  • Transcription of a DNA encoding the antibody of this invention by higher eukaryotes is often increased by inserting an enhancer sequence into the vector. Many enhancer sequences are now known from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin, α-fetoprotein, and insulin). Typically, however, one will use an enhancer from a eukaryotic cell virus. Examples include the SV40 enhancer on the late side of the replication origin (bp 100-270), the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers. See also Yaniv (1982) Nature 297:17-18 on enhancing elements for activation of eukaryotic promoters. The enhancer may be spliced into the vector at a position 5′ or 3′ to the antibody-encoding sequence, but is preferably located at a site 5′ from the promoter.
    • (vi) Transcription Termination Component
  • Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells (yeast, fungi, insect, plant, animal, human, or nucleated cells from other multicellular organisms) will also contain sequences necessary for the termination of transcription and for stabilizing the mRNA. Such sequences are commonly available from the 5′ and, occasionally 3′, untranslated regions of eukaryotic or viral DNAs or cDNAs. These regions contain nucleotide segments transcribed as polyadenylated fragments in the untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding the antibody. One useful transcription termination component is the bovine growth hormone polyadenylation region. See WO94/11026 and the expression vector disclosed therein.
  • (vii) Selection and Transformation of Host Cells
  • Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the DNA in the vectors herein are the prokaryote, yeast, or higher eukaryote cells described above. Suitable prokaryotes for this purpose include eubacteria, such as Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms, for example, Enterobacteriaceae such as Escherichia, e.g., E. coli, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Klebsiella, Proteus, Salmonella, e.g., Salmonella typhimurium, Serratia, e.g., Serratia marcescans, and Shigella, as well as Bacilli such as B. subtilis and B. licheniformis (e.g., B. licheniformis 41P disclosed in DD 266,710 published 12 Apr. 1989), Pseudomonas such as P. aeruginosa, and Streptomyces. One preferred E. coli cloning host is E. coli 294 (ATCC 31,446), although other strains such as E. coli B, E. coli X1776 (ATCC 31,537), and E. coli W3110 (ATCC 27,325) are suitable. These examples are illustrative rather than limiting.
  • In addition to prokaryotes, eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for antibody-encoding vectors. Saccharomyces cerevisiae, or common baker's yeast, is the most commonly used among lower eukaryotic host microorganisms. However, a number of other genera, species, and strains are commonly available and useful herein, such as Schizosaccharomyces pombe; Kluyveromyces hosts such as, e.g., K. lactis, K. fragilis (ATCC 12,424), K. bulgaricus (ATCC 16,045), K. wickeramii (ATCC 24,178), K. waltii (ATCC 56,500), K. drosophilarum (ATCC 36,906), K. thermotolerans, and K. marxianus; yarrowia (EP 402,226); Pichia pastoris (EP 183,070); Candida; Trichoderma reesia (EP 244,234); Neurospora crassa; Schwanniomyces such as Schwanniomyces occidentalis; and filamentous fungi such as, e.g., Neurospora, Penicillium, Tolypocladium, and Aspergillus hosts such as A. nidulans and A. niger.
  • Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated antibody are derived from multicellular organisms. Examples of invertebrate cells include plant and insect cells. Numerous baculoviral strains and variants and corresponding permissive insect host cells from hosts such as Spodoptera frugiperda (caterpillar), Aedes aegypti (mosquito), Aedes albopictus (mosquito), Drosophila melanogaster (fruitfly), and Bombyx mori have been identified. A variety of viral strains for transfection are publicly available, e.g., the L-1 variant of Autographa californica NPV and the Bm-5 strain of Bombyx mori NPV, and such viruses may be used as the virus herein according to the present invention, particularly for transfection of Spodoptera frugiperda cells. Plant cell cultures of cotton, corn, potato, soybean, petunia, tomato, and tobacco can also be utilized as hosts.
  • However, interest has been greatest in vertebrate cells, and propagation of vertebrate cells in culture (tissue culture) has become a routine procedure. Examples of useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture, Graham et al., J. Gen Virol. 36:59 (1977)); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK, ATCC CCL 10); Chinese hamster ovary cells/−DHFR (CHO, Urlaub et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216 (1980)); mouse sertoli cells (TM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod. 23:243-251 (1980)); monkey kidney cells (CV1 ATCC CCL 70); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL-1587); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA, ATCC CCL 2); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442); human lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51); TRI cells (Mather et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 383:44-68 (1982)); MRC 5 cells; FS4 cells; and a human hepatoma line (Hep G2).
  • Host cells are transformed with the above-described expression or cloning vectors for antibody production and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired sequences.
  • (viii) Culturing the Host Cells
  • The host cells used to produce the antibody of this invention may be cultured in a variety of media. Commercially available media such as Ham's F10 (Sigma), Minimal Essential Medium ((MEM), (Sigma), RPMI-1640 (Sigma), and Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium ((DMEM), Sigma) are suitable for culturing the host cells. In addition, any of the media described in Ham et al., Meth. Enz. 58:44 (1979), Barnes et al., Anal. Biochem. 102:255 (1980), U.S. Pat. No. 4,767,704; 4,657,866; 4,927,762; 4,560,655; or 5,122,469; WO 90/03430; WO 87/00195; or U.S. Pat. No. Re. 30,985 may be used as culture media for the host cells. Any of these media may be supplemented as necessary with hormones and/or other growth factors (such as insulin, transferrin, or epidermal growth factor), salts (such as sodium chloride, calcium, magnesium, and phosphate), buffers (such as HEPES), nucleotides (such as adenosine and thymidine), antibiotics (such as GENTAMYCIN™ drug), trace elements (defined as inorganic compounds usually present at final concentrations in the micromolar range), and glucose or an equivalent energy source. Any other necessary supplements may also be included at appropriate concentrations that would be known to those skilled in the art. The culture conditions, such as temperature, pH, and the like, are those previously used with the host cell selected for expression, and will be apparent to the ordinarily skilled artisan.
    • (ix) Antibody Purification
  • When using recombinant techniques, the antibody can be produced intracellularly, in the periplasmic space, or directly secreted into the medium. If the antibody is produced intracellularly, as a first step, the particulate debris, either host cells or lysed fragments, is removed, for example, by centrifugation or ultrafiltration. Carter et al., Bio/Technology 10: 163-167 (1992) describe a procedure for isolating antibodies which are secreted to the periplasmic space of E. coli. Briefly, cell paste is thawed in the presence of sodium acetate (pH 3.5), EDTA, and phenylmethylsulfonylfluoride (PMSF) over about 30 min. Cell debris can be removed by centrifugation. Where the antibody is secreted into the medium, supernatants from such expression systems are generally first concentrated using a commercially available protein concentration filter, for example, an Amicon or Millipore Pellicon ultrafiltration unit. A protease inhibitor such as PMSF may be included in any of the foregoing steps to inhibit proteolysis and antibiotics may be included to prevent the growth of adventitious contaminants.
  • The antibody composition prepared from the cells can be purified using, for example, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, and affinity chromatography, with affinity chromatography being the preferred purification technique. The suitability of protein A as an affinity ligand depends on the species and isotype of any immunoglobulin Fc domain that is present in the antibody. Protein A can be used to purify antibodies that are based on human γ1, γ2, or γ4 heavy chains (Lindmark et al., J. Immunol. Meth. 62:1-13 (1983)). Protein G is recommended for all mouse isotypes and for human γ3 (Guss et al., EMBO J. 5:15671575 (1986)). The matrix to which the affinity ligand is attached is most often agarose, but other matrices are available. Mechanically stable matrices such as controlled pore glass or poly(styrenedivinyl)benzene allow for faster flow rates and shorter processing times than can be achieved with agarose. Where the antibody comprises a CH3 domain, the Bakerbond ABX™ resin (J. T. Baker, Phillipsburg, N.J.) is useful for purification. Other techniques for protein purification such as fractionation on an ion-exchange column, ethanol precipitation, Reverse Phase HPLC, chromatography on silica, chromatography on heparin SEPHAROSE™ chromatography on an anion or cation exchange resin (such as a polyaspartic acid column), chromatofocusing, SDS-PAGE, and ammonium sulfate precipitation are also available depending on the antibody to be recovered.
  • Following any preliminary purification step(s), the mixture comprising the anti-VEGF antibody and contaminants may be subjected to low pH hydrophobic interaction chromatography using an elution buffer at a pH between about 2.5-4.5, preferably performed at low salt concentrations (e.g., from about 0-0.25M salt).
    • III. Pharmaceutical Formulations
  • Therapeutic formulations of the antibodies used in accordance with the present invention are prepared for storage by mixing an antibody having the desired degree of purity with optional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or stabilizers (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 16th edition, Osol, A. Ed. [1980]), in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions. Acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine, arginine, or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugars such as sucrose, mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol; salt-forming counter-ions such as sodium; metal complexes (e.g. Zn-protein complexes); and/or non-ionic surfactants such as TWEEN™, PLURONICS™ or polyethylene glycol (PEG). Preferred lyophilized anti-VEGF antibody formulations are described in WO 97/04801, expressly incorporated herein be reference.
  • The formulation herein may also contain more than one active compound as necessary for the particular indication being treated, preferably those with complementary activities that do not adversely affect each other. For example, it may be desirable to further provide antibodies which bind to EGFR, VEGF (e.g. an antibody which binds a different epitope on VEGF), VEGFR, or ErbB2 (e.g., Herceptin®) in the one formulation. Alternatively, or in addition, the composition may comprise a cytotoxic agent, cytokine, growth inhibitory agent and/or small molecule VEGFR antagonist. Such molecules are suitably present in combination in amounts that are effective for the purpose intended.
  • The active ingredients may also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions. Such techniques are disclosed in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 16th edition, Osol, A. Ed. (1980).
  • The formulations to be used for in vivo administration must be sterile. This is readily accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes.
  • Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g. films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919), copolymers of L-glutamic acid and 7 ethyl-L-glutamate, non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOT™ (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), and poly-D-(−)-3-hydroxybutyric acid. While polymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate and lactic acid-glycolic acid enable release of molecules for over 100 days, certain hydrogels release proteins for shorter time periods. When encapsulated antibodies remain in the body for a long time, they may denature or aggregate as a result of exposure to moisture at 37° C., resulting in a loss of biological activity and possible changes in immunogenicity. Rational strategies can be devised for stabilization depending on the mechanism involved. For example, if the aggregation mechanism is discovered to be intermolecular S—S bond formation through thio-disulfide interchange, stabilization may be achieved by modifying sulfhydryl residues, lyophilizing from acidic solutions, controlling moisture content, using appropriate additives, and developing specific polymer matrix compositions.
    • IV. Therapeutic Uses of Anti-VEGF Antibodies
  • It is contemplated that, according to the present invention, the anti-VEGF antibodies may be used to treat various neoplasms or non-neoplastic conditions characterized by pathological angiogenesis. Non-neoplastic conditions that are amenable to treatment include rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, atherosclerosis, diabetic and other proliferative retinopathies including retinopathy of prematurity, retrolental fibroplasia, neovascular glaucoma, age-related macular degeneration, thyroid hyperplasias (including Grave's disease), corneal and other tissue transplantation, chronic inflammation, lung inflammation, nephrotic syndrome, preeclampsia, ascites, pericardial effusion (such as that associated with pericarditis), and pleural effusion.
  • The antibodies of the invention are preferably used in the treatment of tumors in which angiogenesis plays an important role in tumor growth, including cancers and benign tumors. Examples of cancer to be treated herein include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell cancer, lung cancer (including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung, and squamous carcinoma of the lung), cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer (including gastrointestinal cancer), pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma and various types of head and neck cancer, as well as B-cell lymphoma (including low grade/follicular non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL); small lymphocytic (SL) NHL; intermediate grade/follicular NHL; intermediate grade diffuse NHL; high grade immunoblastic NHL; high grade lymphoblastic NHL; high grade small non-cleaved cell NHL; bulky disease NHL; mantle cell lymphoma; AIDS-related lymphoma; and Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia); chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL); acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL); Hairy cell leukemia; chronic myeloblastic leukemia; and post-transplant lymphoproliferative disorder (PTLD), as well as abnormal vascular proliferation associated with phakomatoses, edema (such as that associated with brain tumors), and Meigs' syndrome. More particularly, cancers that are amenable to treatment by the antibodies of the invention include breast cancer, colorectal cancer, rectal cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, non-Hodgkins lymphoma (NHL), renal cell cancer, prostate cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, soft-tissue sarcoma, kaposi's sarcoma, carcinoid carcinoma, head and neck cancer, melanoma, ovarian cancer, mesothelioma, and multiple myeloma. More preferably, the methods of the invention are used to treat colorectal cancer in a human patient.
  • The present invention encompasses antiangiogenic therapy, a novel cancer treatment strategy aimed at inhibiting the development of tumor blood vessels required for providing nutrients to support tumor growth. Because angiogenesis is involved in both primary tumor growth and metastasis, the antiangiogenic treatment provided by the invention is capable of inhibiting the neoplastic growth of tumor at the primary site as well as preventing metastasis of tumors at the secondary sites, therefore allowing attack of the tumors by other therapeutics.
    • Combination Therapies
  • It is contemplated that when used to treat various diseases such as tumors, the antibodies of the invention can be combined with other therapeutic agents suitable for the same or similar diseases. When used for treating cancer, antibodies of the present invention may be used in combination with conventional cancer therapies, such as surgery, radiotherapy, chemotherapy or combinations thereof.
  • In certain aspects, other therapeutic agents useful for combination cancer therapy with the antibody of the invention include other anti-angiogenic agents. Many anti-angiogenic agents have been identified and are known in the arts, including those listed by Carmeliet and Jain (2000). Preferably, the anti-VEGF antibody of the invention is used in combination with another VEGF antagonist or a VEGF receptor antagonist such as VEGF variants, soluble VEGF receptor fragments, aptamers capable of blocking VEGF or VEGFR, neutralizing anti-VEGFR antibodies, low molecule weight inhibitors of VEGFR tyrosine kinases and any combinations thereof. Alternatively, or in addition, two or more anti-VEGF antibodies may be co-administered to the patient.
  • In some other aspects, other therapeutic agents useful for combination tumor therapy with the antibody of the invention include antagonist of other factors that are involved in tumor growth, such as EGFR, ErbB2 (also known as Her2) ErbB3, ErbB4, or TNF. Sometimes, it may be beneficial to also administer one or more cytokines to the patient. In a preferred embodiment, the VEGF antibody is co-administered with a growth inhibitory agent. For example, the growth inhibitory agent may be administered first, followed by the VEGF antibody. However, simultaneous administration or administration of the VEGF antibody first is also contemplated. Suitable dosages for the growth inhibitory agent are those presently used and may be lowered due to the combined action (synergy) of the growth inhibitory agent and anti-VEGF antibody.
    • Chemotherapeutic Agents
  • In certain aspects, the present invention provides a method of treating cancer, by administering effective amounts of an anti-VEGF antibody and one or more chemotherapeutic agents to a patient susceptible to, or diagnosed with, cancer. A variety of chemotherapeutic agents may be used in the combined treatment methods of the invention. An exemplary and non-limiting list of chemotherapeutic agents contemplated is provided herein under “Definition”.
  • As will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, the appropriate doses of chemotherapeutic agents will be generally around those already employed in clinical therapies wherein the chemotherapeutics are administered alone or in combination with other chemotherapeutics. Variation in dosage will likely occur depending on the condition being treated. The physician administering treatment will be able to determine the appropriate dose for the individual subject.
  • By way of example only, standard chemotherapy treatments for metastatic colorectal cancer are described herein below.
  • In one preferred embodiment, the methods of the invention are used to treat colorectal cancer including metastatic colorectal cancer. Colorectal cancer is the third most common cause of cancer mortality in the United States. It was estimated that approximately 129,000 new cases of colorectal cancer would be diagnosed and 56,000 deaths would occur due to colorectal cancer in the United States in 1999, Landis et al., Cancer J Clin. 49:8-31 (1999). Approximately 70% of colorectal cancer patients present with disease that is potentially curable by surgical resection, August et al., Cancer Metastasis Rev 3:303-24 (1984). However, the prognosis for the 30% who present with advanced or metastatic disease and for the 20% who relapse following resection is poor. The median survival for those with metastatic disease is 12-14 months, Advanced Colorectal Cancer Meta-Analysis Project, J Clin Oncol 10:896-903 (1992).
  • The standard treatment for metastatic colorectal cancer in the United States has been until recently chemotherapy with 5-fluorouracil (5-FU) plus a biochemical modulator of 5-FU, leucovorin, Advanced Colorectal Cancer Meta-Analysis Project, J Clin Oncol 10:896-903 (1992); Moertel N Engl J Med 330:1136-42 (1994). The combination of 5-FU/leucovorin provides infrequent, transient shrinkage of colorectal tumors but has not been demonstrated to prolong survival compared with 5-FU alone (Advanced Colorectal Cancer Meta-Analysis Project, J Clin Oncol 10:896-903 (1992)), and 5-FU has not been demonstrated to prolong survival compared with an ineffective therapy plus best supportive care, Ansfield et al. Cancer 39:34-40 (1977). The lack of a demonstrated survival benefit for 5-FU/leucovorin may be due in part to inadequately sized clinical trials. In a large randomized trial of patients receiving adjuvant chemotherapy for resectable colorectal cancer, 5-FU/leucovorin demonstrated prolonged survival compared with lomustine (MeCCNU), vincristine, and 5-FU (MOF; Wolmark et al. J Clin Oncol 11: 1879-87 (1993).
  • In the United States, 5-FU/leucovorin chemotherapy is commonly administered according to one of two schedules: the Mayo Clinic and Roswell Park regimens. The Mayo Clinic regimen consists of an intensive course of 5-FU plus low-dose leucovorin (425 mg/m 2 5-FU plus 20 mg/m 2 leucovorin administered daily by intravenous [IV] push for 5 days, with courses repeated at 4- to 5-week intervals), Buroker et al. J Clin Oncol 12:14-20 (1994). The Roswell Park regimen consists of weekly 5-FU plus high-dose leucovorin (500-600 mg/m 2 5-FU administered by IV push plus 500 mg/m 2 leucovorin administered as a 2-hour infusion weekly for 6 weeks, with courses repeated every 8 weeks), Petrelli et al., J Clin Oncol 7:1419-26 (1989). Clinical trials comparing the Mayo Clinic and Roswell Park regimens have not demonstrated a difference in efficacy but have been underpowered to do so, Buroker et al., J Clin Oncol 12:14-20 (1994); Poon et al., J Clin Oncol 7:1407-18 (1989). The toxicity profiles of the two regimens are different, with the Mayo Clinic regimen resulting in more leukopenia and stomatitis and the Roswell Park regimen resulting in more frequent diarrhea. Patients with newly diagnosed metastatic colorectal cancer receiving either regimen can expect a median time to disease progression of 4-5 months and a median survival of 12-14 months, Petrelli et al., J Clin Oncol 7:1419-26 (1989); Advanced Colorectal Cancer Meta-Analysis Project, J Clin Oncol 10:896-903 (1992); Buroker et al., J Clin Oncol 12:14-20 (1994); Cocconi et al., J Clin Oncol 16:2943-52 (1998).
  • Recently, a new first-line therapy for metastatic colorectal cancer has emerged. Two randomized clinical trials, each with approximately 400 patients, evaluated irinotecan in combination with 5-FU/leucovorin, Saltz et al., Proc ASCO 18:233a (1999); Douillard et al., Lancet 355:1041-7 (2000). In both studies, the combination of irinotecan/5-FU/leucovorin demonstrated statistically significant increases in survival (of 2.2 and 3.3 months), time to disease progression and response rates as compared with 5-FU/leucovorin alone. The benefits of irinotecan came at a price of increased toxicity: addition of irinotecan to 5-FU/leucovorin was associated with an increased incidence of National Cancer Institute Common Toxicity Criteria (NCI-CTC) Grade 3/4 diarrhea, Grade 3/4 vomiting, Grade 4 neutropenia, and asthenia compared with 5-FU/leucovorin alone. There is also evidence showing that single-agent irinotecan prolongs survival in the second-line setting, Cunningham et al., Lancet 352:1413-18 (1998); Rougier et al., Lancet 352:1407-12 (1998). Two randomized studies have demonstrated that irinotecan prolongs survival in patients who have progressed following 5-FU therapy. One study compared irinotecan to best supportive care and showed a 2.8-month prolongation of survival; the other study compared irinotecan with infusional 5-FU and showed a 2.2-month prolongation of survival. The question of whether irinotecan has more effect on survival in the first- or second-line setting has not been studied in a well-controlled fashion.
    • Dosage and Administration
  • The antibodies and chemotherapeutic agents of the invention are administered to a human patient, in accord with known methods, such as intravenous administration as a bolus or by continuous infusion over a period of time, by intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intracerobrospinal, subcutaneous, intra-articular, intrasynovial, intrathecal, oral, topical, or inhalation routes. Intravenous or subcutaneous administration of the antibody is preferred.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment of the present invention involves the combined administration of an anti-VEGF antibody and one or more chemotherapeutic agents. The present invention contemplates administration of cocktails of different chemotherapeutic agents. The combined administration includes coadministration, using separate formulations or a single pharmaceutical formulation, and consecutive administration in either order, wherein preferably there is a time period while both (or all) active agents simultaneously exert their biological activities. Preparation and dosing schedules for such chemotherapeutic agents may be used according to manufacturers' instructions or as determined empirically by the skilled practitioner. Preparation and dosing schedules for chemotherapy are also described in Chemotherapy Service Ed., M. C. Perry, Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md. (1992). The chemotherapeutic agent may precede, or follow administration of the antibody or may be given simultaneously therewith.
  • For the prevention or treatment of disease, the appropriate dosage of antibody will depend on the type of disease to be treated, as defined above, the severity and course of the disease, whether the antibody is administered for preventive or therapeutic purposes, previous therapy, the patient's clinical history and response to the antibody, and the discretion of the attending physician. The antibody is suitably administered to the patient at one time or over a series of treatments. In a combination therapy regimen, the compositions of the present invention are administered in a therapeutically effective or synergistic amount. As used herein, a therapeutically effective amount is such that co-administration of anti-VEGF antibody and one or more other therapeutic agents, or administration of a composition of the present invention, results in reduction or inhibition of the targeting disease or condition. A therapeutically synergistic amount is that amount of anti-VEGF antibody and one or more other therapeutic agents necessary to synergistically or significantly reduce or eliminate conditions or symptoms associated with a particular disease.
  • Depending on the type and severity of the disease, about 1 μg/kg to 50 mg/kg (e.g. 0.1-20 mg/kg) of antibody is an initial candidate dosage for administration to the patient, whether, for example, by one or more separate administrations, or by continuous infusion. A typical daily dosage might range from about 1 μg/kg to about 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above. For repeated administrations over several days or longer, depending on the condition, the treatment is sustained until a desired suppression of disease symptoms occurs. However, other dosage regimens may be useful. In a preferred aspect, the antibody of the invention is administered every two to three weeks, at a dose ranged from about 5 mg/kg to about 15 mg/kg. More preferably, such dosing regimen is used in combination with a chemotherapy regimen as the first line therapy for treating metastatic colorectal cancer. In some aspects, the chemotherapy regimen involves the traditional high-dose intermittent administration. In some other aspects, the chemotherapeutic agents are administered using smaller and more frequent doses without scheduled breaks (“metronomic chemotherapy”). The progress of the therapy of the invention is easily monitored by conventional techniques and assays.
  • Further information about suitable dosages is provided in the Example below.
    • Efficacy of the Treatment
  • The main advantage of the treatment of the present invention is the ability of producing marked anti-cancer effects in a human patient without causing significant toxicities or adverse effects, so that the patient benefited from the treatment overall. The efficacy of the treatment of the invention can be measured by various endpoints commonly used in evaluating cancer treatments, including but not limited to, tumor regression, tumor weight or size shrinkage, time to progression, duration of survival, progression free survival, overall response rate, duration of response, and quality of life. Because the anti-angiogenic agents of the invention target the tumor vasculature and not necessarily the neoplastic cells themselves, they represent a unique class of anticancer drugs, and therefore may require unique measures and definitions of clinical responses to drugs. For example, tumor shrinkage of greater than 50% in a 2-dimensional analysis is the standard cut-off for declaring a response. However, the anti-VEGF antibody of the invention may cause inhibition of metastatic spread without shrinkage of the primary tumor, or may simply exert a tumouristatic effect. Accordingly, novel approaches to determining efficacy of an anti-angiogenic therapy should be employed, including for example, measurement of plasma or urinary markers of angiogenesis and measurement of response through radiological imaging.
  • In one embodiment, the present invention can be used for increasing the duration of survival of a human patient susceptible to or diagnosed with a cancer. Duration of survival is defined as the time from first administration of the drug to death. In a preferred aspect, the anti-VEGF antibody of the invention is administered to the human patient in combination with one or more chemotherapeutic agents, thereby the duration of survival of the patient is effectively increased as compared to a chemotherapy alone. For example, patient group treated with the anti-VEGF antibody combined with a chemotherapeutic cocktail of at least two, preferably three, chemotherapeutic agents may have a median duration of survival that is at least about 2 months, preferably between about 2 and about 5 months, longer than that of the patient group treated with the same chemotherapeutic cocktail alone, said increase being statistically significant. Duration of survival can also be measured by stratified hazard ratio (HR) of the treatment group versus control group, which represents the risk of death for a patient during the treatment. Preferably, a combination treatment of anti-VEGF antibody and one or more chemotherapeutic agents significantly reduces the risk of death by at least about 30% (i.e., a stratified HR of about 0.70), preferably by at least about 35% (i.e., a stratified HR of about 0.65), when compared to a chemotherapy alone.
  • In another embodiment, the present invention provides methods for increasing progression free survival of a human patient susceptible to or diagnosed with a cancer. Time to disease progression is defined as the time from administration of the drug until disease progression. In a preferred embodiment, the combination treatment of the invention using anti-VEGF antibody and one or more chemotherapeutic agents significantly increases progression free survival by at least about 2 months, preferably by about 2 to about 5 months, when compared to a treatment with chemotherapy alone.
  • In yet another embodiment, the treatment of the present invention significantly increases response rate in a group of human patients susceptible to or diagnosed with a cancer who are treated with various therapeutics. Response rate is defined as the percentage of treated patients who responded to the treatment. In one aspect, the combination treatment of the invention using anti-VEGF antibody and one or more chemotherapeutic agents significantly increases response rate in the treated patient group compared to the group treated with chemotherapy alone, said increase having a Chi-square p-value of less than 0.005.
  • In one aspect, the present invention provides methods for increasing duration of response in a human patient or a group of human patients susceptible to or diagnosed with a cancer. Duration of response is defined as the time from the initial response to disease progression. In a combination treatment of the invention using anti-VEGF antibody and one or more chemotherapeutic agents, a statistically significant increase of at least 2 months in duration of response is obtainable and preferred.
    • Safety of the Treatment
  • The present invention provides methods of effectively treating cancers without significant adverse effects to the human patient subject to treatment. The clinical outcomes of the treatment according to the invention are somewhat unexpected, in that several adverse events thought to be associated with anti-angiogenic therapies are not observed during the course of treatments according to the present invention. For example, previous clinical studies suggested that treatment with anti-VEGF antibodies may cause thrombosis (fatal in certain case), hypertension, proteinuria and epistaxis (bleeding). However, combination therapy of the invention using anti-VEGF antibody combined with a chemotherapy cocktail comprising at least two, preferably three, chemotherapeutic agents does not significantly increase incident occurrences of these adverse events, when compared with the chemotherapy alone. Thus, the treatment of the present invention unexpectedly contains side effects at acceptable level, at the same time significantly improve anticancer efficacy.
    • V. Articles of Manufacture
  • In another embodiment of the invention, an article of manufacture containing materials useful for the treatment of the disorders described above is provided. The article of manufacture comprises a container, a label and a package insert. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, etc. The containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic. The container holds a composition which is effective for treating the condition and may have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). At least one active agent in the composition is an anti-VEGF antibody. The label on, or associated with, the container indicates that the composition is used for treating the condition of choice. The article of manufacture may further comprise a second container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer, such as phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution. It may further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, and syringes. In addition, the article of manufacture comprises a package inserts with instructions for use, including for example a warning that the composition is not to be used in combination with anthacycline-type chemotherapeutic agent, e.g. doxorubicin, or epirubicin, or instructing the user of the composition to administer the anti-VEGF antibody composition and an antineoplastic composition to a patient.
    • Deposit of Materials
  • The following hybridoma cell line has been deposited under the provisions of the Budapest Treaty with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Manassas, Va., USA:
  • Antibody Designation ATCC No. Deposit Date
    A4.6.1 ATCC HB-10709 Mar. 29, 1991
  • The following examples are intended merely to illustrate the practice of the present invention and are not provided by way of limitation. The disclosures of all patent and scientific literatures cited herein are expressly incorporated in their entirety by reference.
    • VI. Examples Example 1 Addition of an Anti-VEGF Antibody to Bolus Irinotecan/Fluorouracil/Leucovorin (IFL) in First Line Metastatic Colorectal Cancer
  • A multicenter, Phase III, randomized, active-controlled trial was conducted to evaluate the efficacy and safety of bevacizumab when added to standard first-line chemotherapy used to treat metastatic colorectal cancer. The trial enrolled over 900 patients with histologically confirmed, previously untreated, bi-dimensionally measurable metastatic colorectal cancer.
    • Methods and Materials Anti-VEGF Antibody Bevacizumab
  • The anti-VEGF antibody “Bevacizumab (BV)”, also known as “rhuMAb VEGF” or “Avastin™”, is a recombinant humanized anti-VFGF monoclonal antibody generated according to Presta et al. (1997) Cancer Res. 57:4593-4599. It comprises mutated human IgG1 framework regions and antigen-binding complementarity-determining regions from the murine anti-hVEGF monoclonal antibody A.4.6.1 that blocks binding of human VEGF to its receptors. U.S. Pat. No. 6,582,959; WO 98/45331. Approximately 93% of the amino acid sequence of bevacizumab, including most of the framework regions, is derived from human IgG1, and about 7% of the sequence is derived from the murine antibody A4.6.1. Bevacizumab has a molecular mass of about 149,000 daltons and is glycosylated.
  • Identities of the polypeptide and sites of glycosylation were deduced from the amino acid composition and peptide map. The size and charge characteristics of the molecule and the purity of the clinical lots were demonstrated by sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis or capillary electrophoresis non-gel sieving, isoelectric focusing, as well as ion-exchange and size-exclusion chromatography. The activity of bevacizumab was quantified by a binding enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay or a kinase receptor assay for recombinant human VEGF.
  • bevacizumab was produced by recombinant DNA technology, using a genetically engineered Chinese hamster ovary cell line. The protein was purified from the cell culture medium by routine methods of column chromatography and filtration. The final product was tested for quality, identity, safety, purity, potency, strength, and excipient/chemical composition according to U.S. Food and Drug Administration guidelines. The purity of bevacizumab is >95%. bevacizumab is supplied as a clear to slightly opalescent, sterile liquid ready for parenteral administration.
    • Patient Selection
  • Eligible patients had histologically confirmed metastatic colorectal carcinoma, with bidimensionally measurable disease. Other inclusion criteria included an age of at least 18 years, an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) performance status of 0 or 1 (Oken et al. (1982) Am. J. Clin. Oncol. 5:649-55), a life expectancy of more than three months, and written informed consent. Adequate hematologic, hepatic, and renal function (including urinary excretion of no more than 500 mg of protein per day) was also required.
  • Exclusion criteria included prior chemotherapy or biologic therapy for metastatic disease (adjuvant or radiosensitizing use of fluoropyrimidines with or without leucovorin or levamisole more than 12 months before study entry was permitted), receipt of radiotherapy within 14 days before the initiation of study treatment, major surgery within 28 days before the initiation of study treatment, clinically significant cardiovascular disease, clinically detectable ascites, pregnancy or lactation, regular use of aspirin (more than 325 mg per day) or other nonsteroidal and inflammatory agents, preexisting bleeding diatheses or coagulopathy or the need for full-dose anticoagulation, and known central nervous system metastases.
    • Study Design
  • Eligible patients were assigned to treatment with the use of a dynamic randomization algorithm that was designed to achieve overall balance between groups; randomization was stratified according to study center, baseline ECOG performance status (0 vs. 1), site of primary disease (colon vs. rectum), and number of metastatic sites (one vs. more than one). Initially, patients were randomly assigned in a 1:1:1 ratio to receive IFL plus placebo, IFL plus bevacizumab, or fluorouracil and leucovorin plus bevacizumab (Table 1), each of which was to continue until disease progression or unacceptable adverse effects occurred or for a maximum of 96 weeks.
  • TABLE 1
    First-Line Treatment Regimens*
    Treatment Starting Dose Schedule
    Irinotecan 125 mg/m2 of Once weekly for 4 wk;
    body-surface area cycle repeated every 6 wk
    Fluorouracil 500 mg/m2
    Leucovorin 20 mg/m2
    Placebo Every 2 wk
    Irinotecan 125 mg/m2 Once weekly for 4 wk;
    Fluorouracil 500 mg/m2 cycle repeated every 6 wk
    Leucovorin 20 mg/m2
    Bevacizumab 5 mg/kg of body Every 2 wk
    weight
    Fluorouracil 500 mg/m2 Once weekly for 4 wk;
    Leucovorin 500 mg/m2 cycle repeated every 8 wk
    Bevacizumab
    5 mg/kg Every 2 wk
    *Treatment with fluorouracil, leucovorin, and bevacizumab was discontinued after the safety of adding bevacizumab to the regimen of irinotecan, fluorouracil, and leucovorin was confirmed. Confirmation occurred after the randomization of 313 patients. All drugs were given intravenously.
  • An interim analysis was scheduled to be performed after 300 patients underwent randomization, at which time an unblinded, independent data-monitoring committee was to assess the safety of IFL plus bevacizumab, on the basis of all the available safety information, including the number of deaths in each group, but in the absence of information related to tumor response. If the data-monitoring committee found no untoward adverse events attributable to the addition of bevacizumab to IFL, the enrollment of patients in the group assigned to receive fluorouracil and leucovorin plus bevacizumab was to be discontinued, and additional patients would be randomly assigned in a 1:1 ratio to receive either IFL plus placebo or IFL plus bevacizumab. However, if the data-monitoring committee concluded that the safety profile of IFL plus bevacizumab was unacceptable, assignment to that treatment was to be discontinued, and patients would instead be randomly assigned in a 1:1 ratio to receive either the combination of fluorouracil and leucovorin plus bevacizumab or IFL plus placebo.
  • Tumor responses and progression were determined with the use of the Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors. Therasse et al. (2000) J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 92:205-16. At the time of disease progression, the treatment assignment was revealed and patients could be offered second-line treatment. Such patients in the group assigned to bevacizumab-containing treatment had the option to continue bevacizumab during this second-line treatment. No crossovers were allowed in the group given IFL plus placebo. Patients assigned to a treatment containing bevacizumab who had no signs of progressive disease at the end of the 96-week study period could continue to receive bevacizumab in a separate extension study. Patients in a group receiving bevacizumab who had a confirmed complete response or unacceptable adverse effects from chemotherapy could discontinue chemotherapy and receive bevacizumab alone.
  • Bevacizumab (or placebo) was administered concomitantly with chemotherapy. Doses of bevacizumab and chemotherapy were recalculated if a patient's weight changed by at least 10 percent during the study. Standard intracycle and intercycle dose modifications of irinotecan and fluorouracil (according to the package insert), were permitted in patients with treatment-related adverse events. The doses of leucovorin and bevacizumab were not altered.
  • In the analysis of survival and subsequent treatment, all patients were followed until death, loss to follow-up, or termination of the study.
    • Assessments
  • After the baseline evaluation, tumor status was assessed every 6 weeks for the first 24 weeks of the study and then every 12 weeks for the remainder of therapy. All complete and partial responses required confirmation at least four weeks after they were first noted.
  • Safety was assessed on the basis of reports of adverse events, laboratory-test results, and vital sign measurements. Adverse events were categorized according to the Common Toxicity Criteria of the National Cancer Institute, version 2, in which a grade of 1 indicates mild adverse events, a grade of 2 moderate adverse events, a grade of 3 serious adverse events, and a grade of 4 life-threatening adverse events. Prespecified safety measures included the incidence of all adverse events, all serious adverse events, and adverse events that have been associated with bevacizumab—hypertension, thrombosis, bleeding of grade 3 or 4, and proteinuria—as well as diarrhea of grade 3 or 4, and changes from baseline in various laboratory values and vital signs.
  • To monitor the safety of the regimen of IFL plus placebo and of IFL plus bevacizumab, the incidence of death, serious adverse events, diarrhea of grade 3 or 4, bleeding of grade 3 or 4 from any source, and thrombosis was monitored during the study in an un-blinded fashion by the data-safety monitoring committee until the completion of recruitment or the time of the interim analysis of efficacy, whichever came first.
    • Statistical Analysis
  • The primary outcome measure was the duration of overall survival; survival was measured without regard to subsequent treatments. There was no crossover between groups, however. Survival analysis techniques such as the Kaplan-Meier method, log-rank test, and Cox proportional hazards model were used. Secondary outcome measures were progression-free survival, objective response rates (complete and partial responses), the duration of responses, and the quality of life.
  • For patients who were alive at the time of analysis, data on survival were censored at the time of the last contact. Progression-free survival was defined as the time from randomization to progression or death during the study, with death during the study defined as any death that occurred within 30 days after the last dose of bevacizumab or chemotherapy. For patients without disease progression at the time of the final analysis, data on progression-free survival were censored at the last assessment of tumor status or on day 0 if no further assessment was performed after baseline. Patients without adequate follow-up data were categorized as having no response.
  • To detect a hazard ratio of 0.75 for death in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab as compared with the control group, approximately 385 deaths were required. All calculations were performed with the log-rank test and involved two-sided P values, with an alpha value of 0.05, a statistical power of 80 percent, and one interim analysis of efficacy.
  • Interim analyses were conducted in an un-blinded fashion. An interim analysis of safety was conducted after the random assignment of approximately 100 patients to each group. A second interim analysis of safety and efficacy was performed after 193 deaths had occurred (half the number of required events).
  • Efficacy analyses were performed according to the intention-to-treat principle. Safety analyses included all patients who received at least one dose of study medication.
    • Results Characteristics of the Patients
  • During a period of about twenty months, 923 patients underwent randomization at 164 sites in the United States, Australia, and New Zealand. After 313 patients had been randomly assigned to one of the three groups—100 to IFL plus placebo, 103 to IFL plus bevacizumab, and 110 to fluorouracil, leucovorin, and bevacizumab—assignment to the group given fluorouracil, leucovorin, and bevacizumab was halted (the results in this group are not reported). This step was required by the protocol after the first formal interim analysis of safety concluded that the regimen of IFL plus bevacizumab had an acceptable safety profile and that assignment to this group could continue.
  • The intention-to-treat analysis of the primary end point of overall survival included 411 patients in the group given IFL plus placebo and 402 patients in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab. Table 2 shows selected demographic and baseline characteristics, which were well balanced between the groups. Similar numbers of patients in each group had previously undergone surgery or received radiation therapy or adjuvant chemotherapy for colorectal cancer.
    • Treatment
  • The median duration of therapy was 27.6 weeks in the group given IFL plus placebo and 40.4 weeks in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab. The percentage of the planned dose of irinotecan that was given was similar in the two groups (78 percent in the group given IFL plus placebo and 73 percent in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab).
  • As of the date of data cutoff, 33 patients in the group given IFL plus placebo and 71 in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab were still taking their assigned initial therapy. The rates of use of second-line therapies that may have affected survival, such as oxaliplatin or metastasectomy, were well balanced between the two groups. In both groups, approximately 50 percent of patients received some form of second line therapy; 25 percent of all patients received oxaliplatin, and less than 2 percent of patients underwent metastasectomy.
  • TABLE 2
    Selected Demographic and Baseline Characteristics.*
    IFL plus IFL plus
    Placebo Bevacizumab
    Characteristic (N = 411) (N = 402)
    Sex (%)
    MALE 60 59
    FEMALE 40 41
    MEAN AGE (YR) 59.2 59.5
    Race (%)
    White 80 79
    Black 11 12
    Other 9 9
    Location of center (%)
    United States 99 99
    Australia or New Zealand <1 <1
    ECOG performance status (%)
    0 55 58
    1 44 41
    2 <1 <1
    Type of cancer (%)
    Colon 81 77
    Rectal 19 23
    Number of metastatic sites (%)
    1 39 37
    >1 61 63
    Prior cancer therapy (%)
    Adjuvant chemotherapy 28 24
    Radiation therapy 14 15
    Median duration of 4 4
    metastatic disease (mo)
    *There were no significant differences between groups. IFL denotes irinotecan, fluorouracil, and leucovorin, and ECOG Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group.
    • Efficacy
  • The median duration of overall survival, the primary end point, was significantly longer in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab than in the group given IFL plus placebo (20.3 months vs. 15.6 months), which corresponds to a hazard ratio for death of 0.66 (P<0.001) (Table 3 and FIG. 1), or a reduction of 34 percent in the risk of death in the bevacizumab group. The one-year survival rate was 74.3 percent in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab and 63.4 percent in the group given IFL plus placebo (P<0.001). In the subgroup of patients who received second-line treatment with oxaliplatin, the median duration of overall survival was 25.1 months in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab and 22.2 months in the group given IFL plus placebo.
  • The addition of bevacizumab to IFL was associated with increases in the median duration of progression-free survival (10.6 months vs. 6.2 months; hazard ratio for progression, 0.54, for the comparison with the group given IFL plus placebo; P<0.001); response rate (44.8 percent vs. 34.8 percent; P=0.004); and the median duration of response (10.4 months vs. 7.1 months; hazard ratio for progression, 0.62; P=0.001) (Table 3). FIG. 2 shows the Kaplan-Meier estimates of progression free survival. Treatment effects were consistent across prespecified subgroups, including those defined according to age, sex, race, ECOG performance status, location of the primary tumor, presence or absence of prior adjuvant therapy, duration of metastatic disease, number of metastatic sites, years since the diagnosis of colorectal cancer, presence or absence of prior radiotherapy, baseline tumor burden, and serum concentrations of albumin, alkaline phosphatase, and lactate dehydrogenase.
  • TABLE 3
    Analysis of Efficacy*
    IFL plus IFL plus
    End Point Placebo Bevacizumab P Value
    Median survival (mo) 15.6 20.3 <0.001
    Hazard ratio for death 0.66
    One-year survival rate (%) 63.4 74.3 <0.001
    Progression-free survival (mo) 6.2 10.6 <0.001
    Hazard ratio for progression 0.54
    Overall response rate (%) 34.8 44.8 0.004
    Complete response 2.2 3.7
    Partial response 32.6 41.0
    Median duration of response (mo) 7.1 10.4 0.001
    Hazard ratio for relapse 0.62
    *IFL denotes irinotecan, fluorouracil, and leucovorin.
    • Safety
  • Table 4 presents the incidence of selected grade 3 or 4 adverse events during the assigned treatment, without adjustment for the median duration of therapy (27.6 weeks in the group given IFL plus placebo and 40.4 weeks in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab). The incidence of any grade 3 or 4 adverse events was approximately 10 percentage points higher among patients receiving IFL plus bevacizumab than among patients receiving IFL plus placebo, largely because of an increase in the incidence of grade 3 hypertension (requiring treatment) and small increases in the incidence of grade 4 diarrhea and leukopenia. However, there was no significant difference in the incidence of adverse events leading to hospitalization or to the discontinuation of study treatment or in the 60-day rate of death from any cause.
  • TABLE 4
    Selected Adverse Events.*
    IFL plus IFL plus
    Placebo Bevacizumab
    (N = 397) (N = 393)
    percent
    Adverse Event
    Any grade 3 or 4 adverse event 74.0 84.9**
    Adverse event leading to hospitalization 39.6 44.9
    Adverse event leading to discontinuation 7.1 8.4
    of treatment
    Adverse event leading to death 2.8 2.6
    Death within 60 days 4.9 3.0
    Grade 3 or 4 leukopenia 31.1 37.0
    Hypertension
    Any 8.3 22.4**
    Grade 3 2.3 11.0**
    Any thrombotic event 16.2 19.4
    Deep thrombophletitis 6.3 8.9
    Pulmonary embolus 5.1 3.6
    Grade 3 or 4 bleeding 2.5 3.1
    Proteinuria
    Any 21.7 26.5
    Grade 2 5.8 3.1
    Grade 3 0.8 0.8
    Gastrointestinal perforation 0.0 1.5
    *Data were not adjusted for differences in the median duration of therapy between the group given irinotecan, fluorouracil, and leucovorin (IFL) plus placebo and the group given IFL plus bevacizumab (27.6 weeks vs. 40.4 weeks).
    **P < 0.01. Only patients who received at least one study-drug treatment are included.
  • Phase 1 and 2 trials had identified hemorrhage, thromboembolism, proteinuria, and hypertension as possible bevacizumab-associated adverse effects. However, in the present study, only the incidence of hypertension was clearly increased in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab, as compared with the group given IFL plus placebo. All episodes of hypertension were manageable with standard oral antihypertensive agents (e.g., calcium-channel blockers, angiotensin-converting-enzyme inhibitors, and diuretics). There were no discontinuations of bevacizumab therapy, hypertensive crises, or deaths related to hypertension in the bevacizumab group.
  • Rates of grade 2 or 3 proteinuria (there were no episodes of grade 4 proteinuria or nephrotic syndrome) and grade 3 or 4 bleeding from any cause were similar in the two groups, although all three cases of grade 4 bleeding were in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab. The incidence of all venous and arterial thrombotic events was 19.4 percent in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab and 16.2 percent in the group given IFL plus placebo (P=0.26).
  • Gastrointestinal perforation occurred in six patients (1.5 percent) receiving IFL plus bevacizumab. One patient died as a direct result of this event, whereas the other five recovered (three of them were able to restart treatment without subsequent complications). Of the six patients with a perforation, three had a confirmed complete or partial response to IFL plus bevacizumab. Factors other than the study treatment that may have been associated with gastrointestinal perforation were colon surgery within the previous two months in two patients and peptic-ulcer disease in one patient.
  • The results of this phase III study provide direct support for a broadly applicable use of antiangiogenic agents in the treatment of cancer. The addition of bevacizumab, an anti-VEGF antibody, to IFL chemotherapy conferred a clinically meaningful and statistically significant improvement in cancer patients as measured by, for example, overall survival, progression-free survival, response rate and duration of response. The increase of 4.7 months in the median duration of survival attributable to bevacizumab is as large as or larger than that observed in any other phase 3 trial for the treatment of colorectal cancer. Goldberg et al. (2004) J. Clin. Oncol. 22:23-30. The median survival of 20.3 months in the bevacizumab-treated population occurred in spite of the limited availability of oxaliplatin for second-line therapy during this trial.
  • As compared with IFL alone, the regimen of IFL plus bevacizumab increased progression-free survival from a median of 6.2 months to 10.6 months, the overall response rate from 34.8 percent to 44.8 percent, and the median duration of response from 7.1 months to 10.4 months. These improvements are clinically meaningful. It was not predicted that the absolute improvement in the response rate of 10 percent with IFL plus bevacizumab would have been associated with an increase in survival of this magnitude. This observation suggests that the primary mechanism of bevacizumab is the inhibition of tumor growth, rather than cytoreduction.
  • This clinical benefit was accompanied by a relatively modest increase in side effects of treatment, which were easily managed. There was an absolute increase of approximately 10 percent in the overall incidence of grade 3 and 4 adverse effects, attributable largely to hypertension requiring treatment, diarrhea, and leukopenia. The 60-day rates of death from any cause, hospitalization, and discontinuation of treatment were not significantly increased by the addition of bevacizumab to IFL.
  • Previous phase 1 and 2 clinical trials suggested that treatment with bevacizumab alone or with chemotherapy resulted in an increased incidence of thrombosis, bleeding, proteinuria, and hypertension. Kabbinavar et al. (2003) J. Clin. Oncol. 21:60-65; Yang et al. (2003) New Engl. J. Med. 349:427-34. With the exception of hypertension, an excess of these side effects was not found as compared with their incidence in the group given IFL plus placebo—thus highlighting the importance of randomized, placebo-controlled studies for the evaluation of safety as well as efficacy. One new potential adverse effect that occurred was gastrointestinal perforation. This complication was uncommon and had variable clinical presentations. Severe bowel complications, particularly in patients with neutropenia, have been reported with IFL and other chemotherapy regimens for colorectal cancer and in one series, fistulas were reported in over 2 percent of patients treated with fluorouracil-based regimens. Saltz et al. (2000) New Engl. J. Med. 343:905-914; Rothenberg et al. (2001) J. Clin. Oncol. 19:3801-7; Tebbutt et al. (2003) Gut 52:568-73. No such events occurred in the group given IFL plus placebo, whereas six cases were observed in the group given IFL plus bevacizumab (1.5 percent), sometimes in the setting of overall tumor responses. Although three of these six patients were able to restart treatment without subsequent complications, one patient died and two discontinued therapy permanently as a result of this complication.
  • While previous animal studies and early phase clinical trials have suggested uses of anti-angiogenic therapy for treating cancer, the present study showed for the first time that using an angiogenic inhibitor, such as an anti-VEGF antibody, indeed results in statistically significant and clinically meaningful benefits for cancer patients.
    • Example 2 Addition of Bevacizumab to Bolus 5-FU/Leucovorin in First-Line Metastatic Colorectal Cancer
  • This randomized, phase II trial compared bevacizumab plus 5-fluorouracil and leucovorin (5-FU/LV) versus placebo plus 5-FU/LV as first-line therapy in patients considered non-optimal candidates for first-line irinotecan.
    • Patients and Methods Patient Eligibility
  • Patients with histologically confirmed, previously untreated, measurable metastatic colorectal cancer were eligible if, in the judgment of the investigator, they were not optimal candidates for first-line irinotecan-containing therapy and had at least one of the following characteristics: age above 65 years, ECOG PS of 1 or 2, serum albumin equal or less than 3.5 g/dL, or prior radiotherapy to abdomen or pelvis. Patients were excluded if they had undergone major surgical procedures or open biopsy, or had experienced significant traumatic injury, within 28 days prior to study entry; anticipated need for major surgery during the course of the study; were currently using or had recently used therapeutic anticoagulants (except as required for catheter patency), thrombolytic therapy or chronic, daily treatment with aspirin (≧325 mg/day) or nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory medications; had a serious, non-healing wound, ulcer, or bone fracture; had a history or evidence of CNS metastases; were pregnant or lactating; or had proteinuria or clinically significant impairment of renal function at baseline. All patients provided written informed consent for their participation.
    • Study Design and Treatments
  • An interactive voice response system was used to randomly assign eligible patients to one of two treatment groups: 5-FU/LV plus placebo or 5-FU/LV plus bevacizumab. A dynamic randomization algorithm was utilized to achieve balance overall and within each of the following categories: study center, baseline ECOG performance status (0 vs. ≧1), site of primary disease (colon vs. rectum), and number of metastatic sites (1 vs. >1). The 5-FU/LV treatment, comprising LV 500 mg/m2 over 2 hours and 5-FU 500 mg/m2 as a bolus midway through the LV infusion (Roswell Park regimen; Petrelli et al. (1989) J. Clin. Oncol. 7:1419-1426), was administered weekly for the first 6 weeks of each 8-week cycle. Chemotherapy was continued until study completion (96 weeks) or disease progression. Bevacizumab 5 mg/kg or placebo was administered every 2 weeks. Patients in the bevacizumab arm who had a confirmed complete response or experienced unacceptable toxicity as a result of chemotherapy treatment were allowed to discontinue 5-FU/LV and continue receiving bevacizumab alone as first-line treatment. At the time of disease progression, patients were unblinded to their treatment assignment and could receive any second-line treatment at the discretion of the investigator. Only patients who had been randomized to the bevacizumab group could receive bevacizumab as a component of second-line treatment. After completing the study, patients were followed for any subsequent treatment and survival every 4 months until death, loss to follow-up, or termination of the study.
    • Study Assessments
  • Patients underwent an assessment of tumor status at baseline and at completion of every 8-week cycle using appropriate radiographic techniques, typically spiral CT scanning. Tumor response, or progression, was determined by both the investigator and an independent radiology facility (IRF) utilizing the Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors. Therasse et al. (2000). The IRF assessment was performed without knowledge of the treatment assignment or investigator assessment. In addition, patients completed the Functional Assessment of Cancer Therapy-Colorectal (FACT-C), Version 4, a validated instrument for assessing quality of life (QOL) in colorectal cancer patients, at baseline and prior to each treatment cycle until disease progression. Ward et al. (1999) Qual. Life Res. 8: 181-195.
  • Safety was assessed from reports of adverse events, laboratory test results, and vital sign measurements. Adverse events and abnormal laboratory results were categorized using the National Cancer Institute Common Toxicity Criteria (NCI-CTC), Version 2. Prespecified safety measures included four adverse events of special interest (hypertension, proteinuria, thrombosis, and bleeding) based on findings of previous clinical trials of bevacizumab.
    • Statistical Analysis
  • The primary outcome measure was duration of overall survival. Secondary outcome measures included progression-free survival, objective response rate (complete and partial), response duration, and change in the FACT-C QOL score. Survival duration was defined as the time from randomization to death. For patients alive at the time of analysis, duration of survival was censored at the date of last contact. Progression-free survival was defined as the time from randomization to the earlier of disease progression or death on study, defined as death from any cause within 30 days of the last dose of study drug or chemotherapy. For patients alive without disease progression at the time of analysis, progression-free survival was censored at their last tumor assessment, or day 1 (the first day of study treatment) if no postbaseline assessment was performed. In the analysis of objective response, patients without tumor assessments were categorized as nonresponders. Disease progression and response analyses were based on the IRF assessments. Change in quality of life was analyzed as time to deterioration in QOL (TDQ), defined as the length of time from randomization to a the earliest of a ≧3-point decrease from baseline in colon-cancer specific FACT-C subscale score (CCS), disease progression, or death on study. TDQ was also determined for the TOI-C (sum of CCS, physical and functional well-being) and total FACT-C for changes from baseline of 7 and 9 points, respectively.
  • To detect a hazard ratio of 0.61 for death in the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group relative to the 5-FU/LV/placebo group, approximately 133 deaths were required. A two-tailed, log-rank test at the 0.05 level of significance with 80% power and two interim analyses were assumed in the calculations. Interim analyses were conducted by an unblinded, independent Data Monitoring Committee (DMC). A safety interim analysis was conducted after 44 deaths and a second safety and efficacy interim analysis was conducted after 89 deaths. The interim efficacy analysis was governed by a formal group sequential stopping rule based on an O'Brien-Fleming spending function. Kaplan-Meier methodology was applied to estimate the median survival, progression free survival, and duration of response time for each treatment group. Hazard ratios for the bevacizumab group relative to the placebo group were determined using the stratified Cox proportional hazards model. A two-sided stratified log rank test was used to compare the two groups. Stratified analyses included baseline ECOG performance status, site of primary disease, and the number of metastatic sites. Objective response rates were compared by the Chi-squared test. As exploratory analyses, the Cox proportional hazards model was used to estimate the effect of risk factors on modifications of treatment effect for duration of survival and progression-free survival. Efficacy analyses were performed on the intent-to-treat population, defined as all randomized patients. Safety analyses included all patients who received at least one dose of study drug.
    • Results Patient Characteristics
  • In a period of twenty three months, 209 patients were randomized at 60 sites in the United States and Australia/New Zealand. For the intent-to-treat analysis of the primary endpoint (overall survival), there were 105 patients in the 5-FU/LV/placebo group and 104 in the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group. Selected demographic and baseline characteristics similar to those described in Example 1 were reasonably balanced between treatment groups. Low serum albumin (≦3.5 g/dL) at baseline was less common in the bevacizumab group than in the placebo group.
    • Treatment
  • The median duration of therapy was 23 weeks in the 5-FU/LV/placebo group and 31 weeks in the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group, and the 5-FU dose intensity (percentage of planned 5-FU doses actually received) in the two groups was similar (92% vs. 84%) during the treatment course. As of the date of date cut-off, 1 patient in the 5-FU/LV/placebo group and 7 in the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group remained on the assigned initial therapy. Subsequent therapies, which may have influenced survival, were used in approximately 50% of patients in both groups, although more patients in the 5-FU/LV/placebo group were treated with the active agents irinotecan and oxaliplatin.
    • Efficacy
  • Overall survival, the primary endpoint, was longer in the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group (median, 16.6 months) than in the 5-FU/LV/placebo group (median, 12.9 months), demonstrating a trend toward significance. The hazard ratio of death was estimated to be 0.79 (95% CI, 0.56 to 1.10; P=0.16; Table 5 and FIG. 4). The addition of bevacizumab to 5-FU/LV was associated with increases in median progression-free survival (9.2 vs. 5.5 months; hazard ratio=0.50; 95% CI, 0.34 to 0.73; P=0.0002, Table 5 and FIG. 4), response rate (26.0% vs. 15.2%, P=0.055), and median duration of response (9.2 months vs. 6.8 months; hazard ratio=0.42; 95% CI, 0.15 to 1.17; P=0.088). A further analysis of treatment effect on overall survival by baseline characteristics showed that patients with low serum albumin (≦3.5 g/dL) at baseline appeared to derive a significant survival benefit (hazard ratio=0.46; 95% CI, 0.29 to 0.74; P=0.001).
  • TABLE 5
    Summary of Efficacy Analysis
    5-FU/LV/ 5-FU/LV/
    Placebo Bevacizumab
    Efficacy Parameter (N = 105) (N = 104) P-value
    Median survival (months) 12.9 16.6
    Hazard ratio 0.79 0.160
    95% CI 0.56 to 1.10
    Progression-free survival (months) 5.5 9.2
    Hazard ratio 0.50 0.0002
    95% CI 0.34 to 0.73
    Overall response rate (%) 15.2 26.0 0.055
    Complete response 0 0
    Partial response 15.2 26.0
    Duration of response (months) 6.8 9.2
    Hazard ratio 0.42 0.088
    95% CI 0.15 to 1.17
    5-FU/LV = 5 fluorouracil/leucovorin
  • Bevacizumab treatment had no detrimental effect on quality of life, and the TDQ results suggest a possible beneficial effect. The median TDQ as measured by the CCS score was 3.0 months in the 5-FU/LV/placebo group and 3.1 months in the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group (hazard ratio=0.79, P=0.188). The median TDQ for placebo-treated and bevacizumab-treated patients as measured by secondary TDQ measures was 2.3 and 3.2 months (TOI-C; hazard ratio=0.71, P=0.048) and 2.6 and 3.6 months (total FACT-C; hazard ratio=0.66, P=0.016).
    • Safety
  • A total of 204 patients (104 5-FU/LV/placebo and 100 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab) who received at least one dose of study drug comprised the safety population. A 16% increase (71% versus 87%) in total grade 3 and 4 toxicities was observed for patients receiving bevacizumab. Adverse events leading to death or study discontinuation were similar in the two groups, as were adverse events known to be associated with 5-FU/LV (specifically, diarrhea and leukopenia). Two patients, both in the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group, experienced a bowel perforation event. These events occurred at day 110 and day 338 of treatment, and both were determined to be associated with a colonic diverticulum at surgical exploration. One patient died as a result of this complication. Previous clinical trials had suggested hemorrhage, thromboembolism, proteinuria, and hypertension as possible bevacizumab-associated toxicities; however, in this study, no increases were seen in venous thrombosis, ≧grade 3 bleeding, or clinically significant (≧grade 3) proteinuria. Arterial thrombotic events (myocardial infarction, stroke, or peripheral arterial thrombotic event) occurred in 10 patients in the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group, compared to 5 patients in the 5-FU/LV/placebo group.
  • The 5-FU/LV/placebo group had a higher 60-day all-cause mortality compared to the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group (13.5% vs. 5.0%). Death due to disease progression in the first 60 days was similar (5.8% vs. 4.0%) in the two groups. In the 5-FU/LV/placebo group, deaths within the first 60 days not due to disease progression were attributed to the following: heart failure (1), sepsis (3), diarrhea (2), respiratory failure (1), and pulmonary embolus (1). In the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group, the single early death not due to disease progression was attributed to a myocardial infarction.
  • The results of this clinical trial further demonstrate that bevacizumab, a humanized monoclonal antibody against VEGF, provides important clinical benefit when added to first-line chemotherapy for the treatment of metastatic colorectal cancer. When compared with 5-FU/LV alone, the addition of bevacizumab prolonged median survival by 3.7 months, progression-free survival by 3.7 months, and response duration by 2.4 months, and increased the response rate by 11%.
  • These results should be viewed in the context of the study population. Specifically selected were patients who were poor candidates for first-line irinotecan-containing therapy, either because of a low likelihood of benefit or a high likelihood of treatment-associated toxicities. A careful analysis of the pivotal irinotecan trials showed that clinical benefit from this agent was confined to patients with a normal ECOG performance status (PS=0).21, 22 Advanced age, prior pelvic radiation therapy, impaired performance status, and low serum albumin have all been reported to increase irinotecan-associated toxicities. 23-27 Patients with these characteristics are in need of alternative therapeutic options. A retrospective subset analysis from a smaller randomized phase II trial was previously conducted evaluating bevacizumab and 5-FU/LV in CRC and noted bevacizumab provided a substantial treatment effect in the subset of patients with baseline PS1 or 2 (median survival, 6.3 months vs. 15.2 months), in the subset aged ≧65 years (11.2 months vs. 17.7 months), and in the subset with serum albumin <3.5 (8.1 months versus 14.1 months). These results encouraged us to design the current trial, specifically including a poor-prognosis study population and powering the trial to detect a large treatment effect on survival. We were largely successful in enrolling a population different from that in the concurrently conducted pivotal trial of IFL/placebo versus IFL/bevacizumab. Compared with the pivotal trial, patients in the present trial had a higher median age (72 vs. 61 years) and substantially more patients had a performance status >0 (72% vs. 43%) and albumin ≦3.5 mg/dL (46% vs. 33%).
  • Despite this high-risk study population, the regimen of 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab appeared to be well tolerated. The well-described bevacizumab-associated adverse event of grade 3 hypertension was seen in 16% of the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group versus 3% in the 5-FU/LV/placebo group. No cases of grade 4 hypertension occurred. Proteinuria of any grade was seen in 38% of the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group versus 19% of the 5-FU/LV/placebo group; however, only a single patient in the bevacizumab group developed grade 3 proteinuria, and there were no cases of grade 4 proteinuria. No increases in grade 3 or 4 bleeding or venous thrombotic events were seen in bevacizumab-treated patients. There was an imbalance in the incidence of arterial thrombotic events: 10% in the 5-FU/LV/bevacizumab group compared with 4.8% in the 5-FU-/LV placebo group. A similar imbalance was noted in the pivotal bevacizumab trial (1.0% in the IFL/placebo group and 3.3% in the IFL/bevacizumab group). The more advanced age of the population included in the present study may have contributed to a higher overall incidence of this adverse event, however the imbalance in both studies is noteworthy. Large, observational safety trials may be required to further define the incidence and potential risk factors for these, and other, uncommon adverse events associated with bevacizumab therapy.
  • In summary, these data demonstrate that bevacizumab, when combined with bolus 5-FU/LV, provides substantial clinical benefit for patients with previously untreated metastatic colorectal cancer who are deemed to be poor candidates for irinotecan-containing therapy. Together with the pivotal trial results, these data strengthen the evidence that bevacizumab-based, 5-FU/LV-containing therapy should be considered a standard option for the initial treatment of metastatic colorectal cancer.

Claims (8)

1. A kit for treating metastatic colorectal cancer in a human patient comprising a package comprising an anti-VEGF antibody composition and instructions for using the anti-VEGF antibody composition in combination with IFL (irinotecan, 5-fluorouracil and leucovorin), wherein the instructions further comprise FIG. 1.
2. A kit for treating metastatic colorectal cancer in a human patient comprising a package comprising an anti-VEGF antibody composition and instructions for using the anti-VEGF antibody composition in combination with IFL, wherein the instructions recite that the medium survival for patients receiving IFL and bevacizumab is 20.3 months with a hazard ratio of 0.66.
3. A kit for treating metastatic colorectal cancer in a human patient comprising a package comprising an anti-VEGF antibody composition and instructions for using the anti-VEGF antibody composition in combination with IFL, wherein the instructions recite that the progression free survival for patients receiving IFL and bevacizumab is 10.6 months with a hazard ratio of 0.54.
4. A kit for treating metastatic colorectal cancer in a human patient comprising a package comprising an anti-VEGF antibody composition and instructions for using the anti-VEGF antibody composition in combination with IFL, wherein the instructions recite that the median duration of response for patients receiving IFL and bevacizumab is 10.4 months.
5. A kit for treating a cancer patient comprising a package comprising an anti-VEGF antibody composition and instructions for using the anti-VEGF antibody in combination with at least one chemotherapeutic agent, wherein the instructions provide information about the risk of gastrointestinal perforation during treatment with the anti-VEGF antibody composition.
6. The kit of any one of claims 1-5, wherein the anti-VEGF antibody has a heavy chain variable region comprising the following amino acid sequence:
(SEQ ID No. 1) EVQLVESGGG LVQPGGSLRL SCAASGYTFT NYGMNWVRQA PGKGLEWVGW INTYTGEPTY AADFKRRFTF SLDTSKSTAY LQMNSLRAED TAVYYCAKYP HYYGSSHWYF DVWGQGTLVT VSS
and a light chain variable region comprising the following amino acid sequence:
(SEQ ID No. 2) DIQMTQSPSS LSASVGDRVT ITCSASQDIS NYLNWYQQKP GKAPKVLIYF TSSLHSGVPS RFSGSGSGTD FTLTISSLQP EDFATYYCQQ YSTVPWTFGQ GTKVEIKR.
7. The kit of claim 6, wherein the anti-VEGF antibody is bevacizumab.
8. The kit of any one of claims 1-5, wherein the patient is previously untreated.
US11/935,897 2003-05-30 2007-11-06 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies Abandoned US20080166351A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/935,897 US20080166351A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2007-11-06 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/415,599 US20090191215A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2009-03-31 Treatment with anti-VEGF Antibodies

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US47448003P 2003-05-30 2003-05-30
US10/857,249 US20050186208A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-05-28 Treatment with anti-VEGF antibodies
US11/763,263 US7622115B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2007-06-14 Treatment with anti-VEGF antibodies
US11/935,897 US20080166351A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2007-11-06 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/763,263 Division US7622115B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2007-06-14 Treatment with anti-VEGF antibodies

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/415,599 Continuation US20090191215A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2009-03-31 Treatment with anti-VEGF Antibodies

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20080166351A1 true US20080166351A1 (en) 2008-07-10

Family

ID=33551495

Family Applications (41)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/857,249 Abandoned US20050186208A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-05-28 Treatment with anti-VEGF antibodies
US11/536,931 Abandoned US20070071718A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/537,310 Abandoned US20070036753A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/536,947 Abandoned US20070025999A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/537,560 Abandoned US20070148178A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/537,281 Abandoned US20070031413A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/536,908 Abandoned US20070160608A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/537,313 Abandoned US20070036754A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/536,881 Abandoned US20070154483A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/537,527 Abandoned US20070071748A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/536,785 Abandoned US20080248036A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/537,542 Abandoned US20070148177A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/537,543 Abandoned US20070071749A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/537,553 Abandoned US20070036790A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/763,288 Abandoned US20080160029A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2007-06-14 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/763,263 Active US7622115B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2007-06-14 Treatment with anti-VEGF antibodies
US11/935,897 Abandoned US20080166351A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2007-11-06 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/127,733 Abandoned US20080279860A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-05-27 Treatment With Anti-VEGF Antibodies
US12/129,446 Abandoned US20090053216A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-05-29 Treatment with Anti-VEGF Antibodies
US12/139,186 Abandoned US20080248049A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-06-13 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/138,611 Abandoned US20080241148A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-06-13 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/164,324 Abandoned US20090010881A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-06-30 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/172,448 Abandoned US20080267968A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-07-14 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/173,764 Abandoned US20080292630A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-07-15 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/179,929 Abandoned US20090010883A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-07-25 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/180,249 Abandoned US20080292631A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-07-25 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/415,599 Abandoned US20090191215A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2009-03-31 Treatment with anti-VEGF Antibodies
US12/466,536 Abandoned US20090246173A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2009-05-15 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/576,085 Abandoned US20100226880A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2009-10-08 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US13/019,414 Abandoned US20110123494A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2011-02-02 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US13/355,205 Abandoned US20130028862A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2012-01-20 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US13/602,619 Abandoned US20130195847A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2012-09-04 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US14/134,121 Abandoned US20140178369A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2013-12-19 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US14/597,754 Abandoned US20150359881A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2015-01-15 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US15/080,897 Abandoned US20160304594A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2016-03-25 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US15/198,769 Active US9795672B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2016-06-30 Treatment with anti-VEGF antibodies
US15/705,006 Abandoned US20180221473A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2017-09-14 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US16/452,144 Abandoned US20190307881A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2019-06-25 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US16/781,281 Abandoned US20200171148A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2020-02-04 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US17/033,141 Abandoned US20210015918A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2020-09-25 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US18/183,467 Pending US20230218755A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2023-03-14 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies

Family Applications Before (16)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/857,249 Abandoned US20050186208A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-05-28 Treatment with anti-VEGF antibodies
US11/536,931 Abandoned US20070071718A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/537,310 Abandoned US20070036753A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/536,947 Abandoned US20070025999A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/537,560 Abandoned US20070148178A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/537,281 Abandoned US20070031413A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/536,908 Abandoned US20070160608A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/537,313 Abandoned US20070036754A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/536,881 Abandoned US20070154483A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/537,527 Abandoned US20070071748A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/536,785 Abandoned US20080248036A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/537,542 Abandoned US20070148177A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/537,543 Abandoned US20070071749A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/537,553 Abandoned US20070036790A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-09-29 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/763,288 Abandoned US20080160029A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2007-06-14 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US11/763,263 Active US7622115B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2007-06-14 Treatment with anti-VEGF antibodies

Family Applications After (24)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/127,733 Abandoned US20080279860A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-05-27 Treatment With Anti-VEGF Antibodies
US12/129,446 Abandoned US20090053216A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-05-29 Treatment with Anti-VEGF Antibodies
US12/139,186 Abandoned US20080248049A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-06-13 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/138,611 Abandoned US20080241148A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-06-13 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/164,324 Abandoned US20090010881A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-06-30 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/172,448 Abandoned US20080267968A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-07-14 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/173,764 Abandoned US20080292630A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-07-15 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/179,929 Abandoned US20090010883A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-07-25 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/180,249 Abandoned US20080292631A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-07-25 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/415,599 Abandoned US20090191215A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2009-03-31 Treatment with anti-VEGF Antibodies
US12/466,536 Abandoned US20090246173A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2009-05-15 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US12/576,085 Abandoned US20100226880A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2009-10-08 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US13/019,414 Abandoned US20110123494A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2011-02-02 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US13/355,205 Abandoned US20130028862A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2012-01-20 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US13/602,619 Abandoned US20130195847A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2012-09-04 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US14/134,121 Abandoned US20140178369A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2013-12-19 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US14/597,754 Abandoned US20150359881A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2015-01-15 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US15/080,897 Abandoned US20160304594A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2016-03-25 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US15/198,769 Active US9795672B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2016-06-30 Treatment with anti-VEGF antibodies
US15/705,006 Abandoned US20180221473A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2017-09-14 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US16/452,144 Abandoned US20190307881A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2019-06-25 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US16/781,281 Abandoned US20200171148A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2020-02-04 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US17/033,141 Abandoned US20210015918A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2020-09-25 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US18/183,467 Pending US20230218755A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2023-03-14 Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies

Country Status (23)

Country Link
US (41) US20050186208A1 (en)
EP (4) EP2248829A1 (en)
JP (8) JP2007525466A (en)
KR (11) KR20120104408A (en)
CN (2) CN1829741A (en)
AU (2) AU2004251168A1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0411200A (en)
CA (1) CA2526085A1 (en)
CO (1) CO5640150A2 (en)
CR (1) CR8108A (en)
EC (1) ECSP056187A (en)
IL (4) IL171833A (en)
MA (1) MA27854A1 (en)
ME (1) ME00425B (en)
MX (1) MXPA05012723A (en)
NO (1) NO20056236L (en)
NZ (1) NZ621449A (en)
RS (5) RS20160203A1 (en)
RU (4) RU2005136988A (en)
TN (1) TNSN05300A1 (en)
UA (1) UA101945C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2005000900A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200509059B (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070258984A1 (en) * 2003-05-30 2007-11-08 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US20100322931A1 (en) * 2009-06-17 2010-12-23 Harding Fiona A Anti-vegf antibodies and their uses
US9815893B2 (en) 2012-11-30 2017-11-14 Abbvie Biotherapeutics Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies and their uses

Families Citing this family (245)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6582959B2 (en) * 1991-03-29 2003-06-24 Genentech, Inc. Antibodies to vascular endothelial cell growth factor
US7183387B1 (en) 1999-01-15 2007-02-27 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
WO2004058821A2 (en) * 2002-12-27 2004-07-15 Domantis Limited Dual specific single domain antibodies specific for a ligand and for the receptor of the ligand
AU2002319402B2 (en) * 2001-06-28 2008-09-11 Domantis Limited Dual-specific ligand and its use
US20050271663A1 (en) * 2001-06-28 2005-12-08 Domantis Limited Compositions and methods for treating inflammatory disorders
US7696320B2 (en) 2004-08-24 2010-04-13 Domantis Limited Ligands that have binding specificity for VEGF and/or EGFR and methods of use therefor
CN1678634A (en) * 2002-06-28 2005-10-05 多曼蒂斯有限公司 Immunoglobulin single variable antigen combination area and its opposite constituent
US9321832B2 (en) * 2002-06-28 2016-04-26 Domantis Limited Ligand
BRPI0314042B8 (en) 2002-09-06 2021-05-25 Calando Pharmaceuticals Inc cyclodextrin-based polymers for the delivery of covalently linked therapeutic agents
US7758859B2 (en) * 2003-08-01 2010-07-20 Genentech, Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies
US20050106667A1 (en) 2003-08-01 2005-05-19 Genentech, Inc Binding polypeptides with restricted diversity sequences
DK2301531T3 (en) 2005-02-18 2018-07-30 Abraxis Bioscience Llc COMBINATIONS AND WAYS FOR ADMINISTRATING THERAPEUTIC SUBSTANCES AND COMBINATION THERAPY
US20070166388A1 (en) * 2005-02-18 2007-07-19 Desai Neil P Combinations and modes of administration of therapeutic agents and combination therapy
US8735394B2 (en) * 2005-02-18 2014-05-27 Abraxis Bioscience, Llc Combinations and modes of administration of therapeutic agents and combination therapy
EP3050963B1 (en) 2005-03-31 2019-09-18 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Process for production of polypeptide by regulation of assembly
US20080292729A1 (en) * 2005-07-21 2008-11-27 Nuvo Research Inc. Stabilized Chlorite Solutions in Combination with Fluoropyrimidines for Cancer Treatment
US8023114B2 (en) 2005-08-01 2011-09-20 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Target substance detecting device, target substance detecting method using the same, and detecting apparatus and kit therefor
JP4878238B2 (en) * 2005-08-01 2012-02-15 キヤノン株式会社 Target substance detection element, target substance detection method using the same, and detection apparatus and kit therefor
KR20080033390A (en) * 2005-08-12 2008-04-16 리제네론 파라마큐티칼스 인코포레이티드 Methods of treating diseases with a vegf antagonist
ES2718323T3 (en) 2005-08-31 2019-07-01 Abraxis Bioscience Llc Compositions comprising low water soluble pharmaceutical agents
KR101457834B1 (en) 2005-08-31 2014-11-05 아브락시스 바이오사이언스, 엘엘씨 Compositions and methods for preparation of poorly water soluble drugs with increased stability
EP1957536A2 (en) * 2005-12-01 2008-08-20 Domantis Limited Noncompetitive domain antibody formats that bind interleukin 1 receptor type 1
TW200812615A (en) 2006-03-22 2008-03-16 Hoffmann La Roche Tumor therapy with an antibody for vascular endothelial growth factor and an antibody for human epithelial growth factor receptor type 2
KR20080106946A (en) * 2006-03-29 2008-12-09 제넨테크, 인크. Diagnostics and treatments for tumors
WO2007114319A1 (en) 2006-03-31 2007-10-11 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Method for control of blood kinetics of antibody
AU2007246921A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2007-11-15 Fusion Antibodies Limited Therapy targeting Cathepsin S
US20070258976A1 (en) * 2006-05-04 2007-11-08 Ward Keith W Combination Therapy for Diseases Involving Angiogenesis
WO2007137981A1 (en) * 2006-05-25 2007-12-06 Novartis Ag Inhibitors of tyrosine kinases
AU2007319672B2 (en) * 2006-06-06 2011-06-30 Genentech, Inc. Anti-DLL4 antibodies and methods using same
RU2008152435A (en) * 2006-06-06 2010-07-20 Дженентек, Инк. (Us) COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF REGULATING VESSEL DEVELOPMENT
WO2007146414A2 (en) * 2006-06-15 2007-12-21 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Combination therapy employing lymphotoxin beta receptor binding molecules in combination with second agents
EP2441472B1 (en) 2006-08-21 2015-06-10 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Tumor therapy with an anti-VEGF antibody
PL2059533T3 (en) 2006-08-30 2013-04-30 Genentech Inc Multispecific antibodies
US20100112077A1 (en) * 2006-11-06 2010-05-06 Abraxis Bioscience, Llc Nanoparticles of paclitaxel and albumin in combination with bevacizumab against cancer
ES2700074T3 (en) 2006-12-14 2019-02-13 Abraxis Bioscience Llc Therapy for breast cancer based on the status of the hormone receptors with nanoparticles that comprise taxane
KR20150097813A (en) 2006-12-19 2015-08-26 제넨테크, 인크. Vegf-specific antagonists for adjuvant and neoadjuvant therapy and the treatment of early stage tumors
AU2014201795B2 (en) * 2006-12-19 2016-05-19 Genentech, Inc. VEGF-specific antagonists for adjuvant and neoadjuvant therapy and the treatment of early stage tumors
US20080176958A1 (en) 2007-01-24 2008-07-24 Insert Therapeutics, Inc. Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutics delivery
JP2010517944A (en) * 2007-01-26 2010-05-27 バイオインヴェント インターナショナル アーベー DLL4 signaling inhibitor and use thereof
KR20090104847A (en) * 2007-02-01 2009-10-06 제넨테크, 인크. Combination therapy with angiogenesis inhibitors
SG182170A1 (en) 2007-06-06 2012-07-30 Domantis Ltd Polypeptides, antibody variable domains and antagonists
CL2008002782A1 (en) * 2007-09-21 2009-07-31 Genentech Inc Neutralizing anti-bv8 antibody; composition comprising it; and its use to treat tumors in humans previously treated with a vascular endothelial growth factor antagonist.
US11331294B2 (en) 2007-09-26 2022-05-17 Indiana University Research And Technology Corporation Benzoquinone derivative E3330 in combination with chemotherapeutic agents for the treatment of bladder cancer
CA2700365C (en) 2007-09-26 2016-07-05 Indiana University Research And Technology Corporation Benzoquinone derivative e3330 in combination with chemotherapeutic agents for the treatment of cancer and angiogenesis
EP2202245B1 (en) 2007-09-26 2016-08-24 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Method of modifying isoelectric point of antibody via amino acid substitution in cdr
CN101918579A (en) * 2007-10-22 2010-12-15 先灵公司 Fully human anti-VEGF antibodies and using method
WO2009061807A2 (en) 2007-11-09 2009-05-14 Genentech, Inc. Activin receptor-like kinase-1 compositions and methods of use
TWI580694B (en) 2007-11-30 2017-05-01 建南德克公司 Anti-vegf antibodies
US20090162359A1 (en) 2007-12-21 2009-06-25 Christian Klein Bivalent, bispecific antibodies
US9266967B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2016-02-23 Hoffmann-La Roche, Inc. Bivalent, bispecific antibodies
KR101579218B1 (en) 2007-12-26 2015-12-21 바이오테스트 아게 Methods and agents for improving targeting of cd138 expressing tumor cells
US8580755B2 (en) * 2008-02-19 2013-11-12 University Of Rochester Methods and compositions for treating inflammatory conditions
WO2009149150A2 (en) * 2008-06-03 2009-12-10 Alza Corporation Composition comprising liposome-entrapped doxorubicin and methods of administration
PL2307454T3 (en) 2008-06-25 2017-07-31 Esbatech, An Alcon Biomedical Research Unit Llc Stable and soluble antibodies inhibiting vegf
KR101790567B1 (en) * 2008-06-25 2017-10-26 에스바테크 - 어 노바티스 컴파니 엘엘씨 Solubility optimization of immunobinders
US20100029491A1 (en) * 2008-07-11 2010-02-04 Maike Schmidt Methods and compositions for diagnostic use for tumor treatment
JP5606438B2 (en) 2008-07-23 2014-10-15 エフ．ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲー Identification of subjects who can receive anti-angiogenic therapy
WO2010010155A1 (en) * 2008-07-23 2010-01-28 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Monitoring anti-angiogenesis therapy
JP2012501188A (en) * 2008-08-29 2012-01-19 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Diagnostic agents and treatments for VEGF-independent tumors
TWI487712B (en) 2008-09-03 2015-06-11 建南德克公司 Multispecific antibodies
US8268314B2 (en) 2008-10-08 2012-09-18 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Bispecific anti-VEGF/anti-ANG-2 antibodies
JP5913980B2 (en) * 2008-10-14 2016-05-11 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Immunoglobulin variants and uses thereof
SI2361085T2 (en) * 2008-11-22 2018-11-30 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Use of anti-vegf antibody in combination with chemotherapy for treating breast cancer
US20100143290A1 (en) * 2008-12-04 2010-06-10 Lallatin Nathaniel C Monoclonal antibodies to human thymidine kinase to treat cancer
CA2746120A1 (en) 2008-12-23 2010-07-01 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for diagnostic use in cancer patients
EP2386062B1 (en) * 2009-01-09 2016-01-06 Oxford Biomedica (UK) Ltd Factors
US9186336B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2015-11-17 The General Hospital Corporation Methods of treating vascular lesions
PE20120539A1 (en) 2009-03-20 2012-05-12 Genentech Inc ANTI-HER BIESPECIFIC ANTIBODIES
BRPI1014089A2 (en) 2009-04-02 2016-04-19 Roche Glycart Ag multispecific antibodies comprising full length antibodies and single chain fab fragments
PL2417156T3 (en) 2009-04-07 2015-07-31 Roche Glycart Ag Trivalent, bispecific antibodies
AU2010239368A1 (en) * 2009-04-20 2011-11-10 Genentech, Inc. Adjuvant cancer therapy
WO2010129917A2 (en) 2009-05-08 2010-11-11 Vaccinex, Inc. Anti-cd100 antibodies and methods for using the same
US9676845B2 (en) 2009-06-16 2017-06-13 Hoffmann-La Roche, Inc. Bispecific antigen binding proteins
US20110076271A1 (en) 2009-07-13 2011-03-31 Genentech, Inc. Diagnostic methods and compositions for treatment of cancer
TW201106972A (en) 2009-07-27 2011-03-01 Genentech Inc Combination treatments
SG178177A1 (en) * 2009-07-31 2012-03-29 Genentech Inc Inhibition of tumor metastasis using bv8- or g-csf-antagonists
WO2011022264A1 (en) * 2009-08-15 2011-02-24 Genentech, Inc. Anti-angiogenesis therapy for the treatment of previously treated breast cancer
AU2010284433B2 (en) * 2009-08-17 2013-12-05 Health Research, Inc. Combination therapy of cancer with anti-endoglin antibodies and anti-VEGF agents
US20180057602A1 (en) * 2009-08-17 2018-03-01 Tracon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapy of cancer with anti-endoglin antibodies and anti-vegf agents
US8642515B2 (en) 2009-09-04 2014-02-04 University Of Louisville Research Foundation, Inc. Genetic determinants of prostate cancer risk
CN102597776A (en) 2009-09-11 2012-07-18 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Method to identify a patient with an increased likelihood of re sponding to an anti-cancer agent
NZ701769A (en) 2009-09-16 2016-06-24 Genentech Inc Coiled coil and/or tether containing protein complexes and uses thereof
MX2012002909A (en) 2009-09-17 2012-04-19 Hoffmann La Roche Methods and compositions for diagnostics use in cancer patients.
WO2011056497A1 (en) 2009-10-26 2011-05-12 Genentech, Inc. Activin receptor type iib compositions and methods of use
WO2011056502A1 (en) 2009-10-26 2011-05-12 Genentech, Inc. Bone morphogenetic protein receptor type ii compositions and methods of use
EP2493458A2 (en) * 2009-10-30 2012-09-05 The Ohio State University Multi-functional biodegradable particles for selectable targeting, imaging, and therapeutic delivery and use thereof for treating ocular disorders
EP2499159B1 (en) * 2009-11-13 2017-01-04 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Compositions, kits, and methods for the diagnosis, prognosis, monitoring, treatment and modulation of post-transplant lymphoproliferative disorders and hypoxia associated angiogenesis disorders using galectin-1
TWI505836B (en) 2009-12-11 2015-11-01 Genentech Inc Anti-vegf-c antibodies and methods using same
CN107095846A (en) 2009-12-21 2017-08-29 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Antibody formulations
HUE027713T2 (en) 2009-12-23 2016-10-28 Hoffmann La Roche Anti-bv8 antibodies and uses thereof
RU2012140447A (en) * 2010-02-23 2014-03-27 Дженентек, Инк. ANTIANGIOGENIC THERAPY FOR TREATMENT OF OVARIAN CANCER
TW201138821A (en) 2010-03-26 2011-11-16 Roche Glycart Ag Bispecific antibodies
TWI426920B (en) 2010-03-26 2014-02-21 Hoffmann La Roche Bispecific, bivalent anti-vegf/anti-ang-2 antibodies
CN107158389A (en) 2010-03-29 2017-09-15 阿布拉科斯生物科学有限公司 Strengthen the method for medicine delivery and therapeutic agent validity
WO2011123395A1 (en) 2010-03-29 2011-10-06 Abraxis Bioscience, Llc Methods of treating cancer
TWI586806B (en) 2010-04-23 2017-06-11 建南德克公司 Production of heteromultimeric proteins
WO2011153224A2 (en) 2010-06-02 2011-12-08 Genentech, Inc. Diagnostic methods and compositions for treatment of cancer
WO2011153243A2 (en) 2010-06-02 2011-12-08 Genentech, Inc. Anti-angiogenesis therapy for treating gastric cancer
EP2575804A4 (en) 2010-06-04 2013-10-23 Abraxis Bioscience Llc Methods of treatment of pancreatic cancer
JP2013534307A (en) 2010-07-19 2013-09-02 エフ・ホフマン−ラ・ロシュ・アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Methods for identifying patients with increased likelihood of response to anti-cancer therapy
WO2012010549A1 (en) 2010-07-19 2012-01-26 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Method to identify a patient with an increased likelihood of responding to an anti-cancer therapy
AU2011280969A1 (en) 2010-07-23 2013-02-07 Trustees Of Boston University Anti-Despr inhibitors as therapeutics for inhibition of pathological angiogenesis and tumor cell invasiveness and for molecular imaging and targeted delivery
TW201208703A (en) 2010-08-17 2012-03-01 Roche Glycart Ag Combination therapy of an afucosylated CD20 antibody with an anti-VEGF antibody
EP2609111B1 (en) 2010-08-24 2017-11-01 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Bispecific antibodies comprising a disulfide stabilized-fv fragment
BR112013012040A2 (en) 2010-11-15 2016-08-16 Five Prime Therapeutics Inc high-dose cancer treatment of soluble fdfr1 fusion proteins
SI2647707T1 (en) 2010-11-30 2018-12-31 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Cytotoxicity-inducing therapeutic agent
SG191153A1 (en) 2010-12-23 2013-07-31 Hoffmann La Roche Polypeptide-polynucleotide-complex and its use in targeted effector moiety delivery
AR085138A1 (en) 2011-02-04 2013-09-11 Genentech Inc Fc VARIATIONS AND METHODS FOR PRODUCTION
US10689447B2 (en) 2011-02-04 2020-06-23 Genentech, Inc. Fc variants and methods for their production
CN103403025B (en) 2011-02-28 2016-10-12 弗·哈夫曼-拉罗切有限公司 Monovalent antigen binding protein
JP5764677B2 (en) 2011-02-28 2015-08-19 エフ・ホフマン−ラ・ロシュ・アクチェンゲゼルシャフト Antigen binding protein
MX336740B (en) 2011-03-29 2016-01-29 Roche Glycart Ag Antibody fc variants.
US9150549B2 (en) 2011-04-01 2015-10-06 Genentech, Inc. Combinations of AKT inhibitor compounds and erlotinib, and methods of use
US9932386B2 (en) 2011-04-20 2018-04-03 Acceleron Pharma, Inc. Endoglin polypeptides and uses thereof
US20140178398A1 (en) 2011-05-03 2014-06-26 Genentech, Inc Vascular disruption agents and uses thereof
EA025926B1 (en) * 2011-06-02 2017-02-28 Олмак Дайэгностикс Лимитед Molecular diagnostic test for cancer
WO2012167122A1 (en) 2011-06-03 2012-12-06 Indiana University Research And Technology Corporation Compounds, compositions and methods for treating oxidative dna damage disorders
MX2013014687A (en) 2011-06-30 2014-02-17 Genentech Inc Anti-c-met antibody formulations.
KR20140068877A (en) 2011-08-17 2014-06-09 제넨테크, 인크. Inhibition of angiogenesis in refractory tumors
KR20140069331A (en) * 2011-09-30 2014-06-09 리제너론 파아마슈티컬스, 인크. ANTI-ErbB3 ANTIBODIES AND USES THEREOF
BR112014008885B1 (en) 2011-10-11 2021-02-17 Vaccinex, Inc use of an isolated antibody or antigen-binding fragment that specifically binds to semaphorin-4d to decrease blood-brain barrier (bbb) permeability in an individual with increased bbb permeability and a neuroinflammatory disorder
US10350188B2 (en) * 2011-11-04 2019-07-16 Myron R. Szewczuk Use of Neu1 sialidase inhibitors in the treatment of cancer
AR088920A1 (en) 2011-11-21 2014-07-16 Genentech Inc ANTI-C-MET ANTIBODY PURIFICATION
WO2013082511A1 (en) 2011-12-02 2013-06-06 Genentech, Inc. Methods for overcoming tumor resistance to vegf antagonists
US8790652B2 (en) 2011-12-06 2014-07-29 Vaccinex, Inc. Use of the combination of semaphorin-4D inhibitory molecules and VEGF inhibitory molecules to inhibit angiogenesis
FR2984750B1 (en) * 2011-12-23 2014-01-10 Lfb Biotechnologies NOVEL PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING A HUMAN RECEPTOR ANTIBODY OF ANTI-MULLERIAN HORMONE TYPE II
CA2861124A1 (en) 2012-02-10 2013-08-15 Genentech, Inc. Single-chain antibodies and other heteromultimers
CN104334577A (en) 2012-03-13 2015-02-04 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Combination therapy for the treatment of ovarian cancer
CA2868431A1 (en) * 2012-03-29 2013-10-03 Altor Bioscience Corporation Methods for treating neoplasia
US10494440B2 (en) 2012-05-11 2019-12-03 Vaccinex, Inc. Use of semaphorin-4D binding molecules to promote neurogenesis following stroke
CN103417965B (en) * 2012-05-17 2018-04-13 江苏先声药业有限公司 A kind of pharmaceutical composition containing anti-VEGF antibody
NZ725654A (en) * 2012-05-18 2018-04-27 Genentech Inc High-concentration monoclonal antibody formulations
PL2855528T3 (en) * 2012-05-31 2019-10-31 Hoffmann La Roche Methods of treating cancer using pd-l1 axis binding antagonists and vegf antagonists
US9717724B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2017-08-01 Ipsen Biopharm Ltd. Methods for treating pancreatic cancer using combination therapies
AU2013202947B2 (en) 2012-06-13 2016-06-02 Ipsen Biopharm Ltd. Methods for treating pancreatic cancer using combination therapies comprising liposomal irinotecan
KR20150023889A (en) 2012-06-27 2015-03-05 에프. 호프만-라 로슈 아게 Method for selection and production of tailor-made highly selective and multi-specific targeting entities containing at least two different binding entities and uses thereof
WO2014001325A1 (en) 2012-06-27 2014-01-03 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Method for making antibody fc-region conjugates comprising at least one binding entity that specifically binds to a target and uses thereof
PL2869836T3 (en) 2012-07-05 2020-03-31 Vaximm Ag Dna vaccine for use in pancreatic cancer patients
HRP20211641T1 (en) 2012-07-13 2022-02-04 Roche Glycart Ag Bispecific anti-vegf/anti-ang-2 antibodies and their use in the treatment of ocular vascular diseases
WO2014025813A1 (en) 2012-08-07 2014-02-13 Genentech, Inc. Combination therapy for the treatment of glioblastoma
WO2014055493A1 (en) 2012-10-02 2014-04-10 Cerulean Pharma Inc. Methods and systems for polymer precipitation and generation of particles
US9877981B2 (en) 2012-10-09 2018-01-30 President And Fellows Of Harvard College NAD biosynthesis and precursors for the treatment and prevention of cancer and proliferation
KR20150090246A (en) 2012-12-03 2015-08-05 알막 다이아그노스틱스 리미티드 Molecular diagnostic test for cancer
US9770426B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2017-09-26 Massachusetts Eye And Ear Infirmary CYP450 lipid metabolites reduce inflammation and angiogenesis
US9500464B2 (en) * 2013-03-12 2016-11-22 Adidas Ag Methods of determining performance information for individuals and sports objects
MY189047A (en) 2013-03-13 2022-01-21 Genentech Inc Antibody formulations
BR112015023753A2 (en) * 2013-03-15 2017-07-18 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc compositions, formulations and methods for treating eye diseases
US20150050277A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-02-19 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases
CA2906175C (en) 2013-03-15 2022-12-13 Daniel J. Capon Hybrid immunoglobulin containing non-peptidyl linkage
RU2015154985A (en) 2013-05-23 2017-06-29 Файв Прайм Терапьютикс, Инк. CANCER TREATMENT METHODS
KR101541478B1 (en) * 2013-05-31 2015-08-05 동아쏘시오홀딩스 주식회사 Anti-vegf antibodies and pharmaceutical composition comprising same for preventing, diagnosing or treating cancer or angiogenesis-related disease
CA3098741A1 (en) 2013-06-25 2014-12-31 Vaccinex, Inc. Use of semaphorin-4d inhibitory molecules in combination with an immune modulating therapy to inhibit tumor growth and metastases
CN104341504B (en) 2013-08-06 2017-10-24 百奥泰生物科技(广州)有限公司 Bispecific antibody
US10617755B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2020-04-14 Genentech, Inc. Combination therapy for the treatment of glioblastoma
US10456470B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2019-10-29 Genentech, Inc. Diagnostic methods and compositions for treatment of glioblastoma
DK3050896T3 (en) 2013-09-27 2021-07-19 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Process for the preparation of a polypeptide heteromultimer
NZ630881A (en) 2013-10-10 2016-03-31 Vaccinex Inc Use of semaphorin-4d binding molecules for treatment of atherosclerosis
CN105612182B (en) 2013-10-11 2019-12-10 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Multispecific domain exchange consensus variable light chain antibodies
NZ630892A (en) 2013-10-21 2016-03-31 Vaccinex Inc Use of semaphorin-4d binding molecules for treating neurodegenerative disorders
CA2928708A1 (en) 2013-10-25 2015-04-30 Acceleron Pharma, Inc. Endoglin peptides to treat fibrotic diseases
JOP20200094A1 (en) 2014-01-24 2017-06-16 Dana Farber Cancer Inst Inc Antibody molecules to pd-1 and uses thereof
JOP20200096A1 (en) 2014-01-31 2017-06-16 Children’S Medical Center Corp Antibody molecules to tim-3 and uses thereof
GB201409479D0 (en) 2014-05-28 2014-07-09 Almac Diagnostics Ltd Molecular diagnostic test for cancer
US9603927B2 (en) * 2014-02-28 2017-03-28 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Combination therapies with anti-CD38 antibodies
US9732154B2 (en) 2014-02-28 2017-08-15 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Anti-CD38 antibodies for treatment of acute lymphoblastic leukemia
MY187246A (en) 2014-03-14 2021-09-14 Novartis Ag Antibody molecules to lag-3 and uses thereof
KR102475799B1 (en) 2014-03-14 2022-12-08 다니엘 제이 카폰 Hybrid immunoglobulin containing non-peptidyl linkage
RU2016141385A (en) 2014-03-24 2018-04-28 Дженентек, Инк. CANCER TREATMENT WITH C-MET ANTAGONISTS AND THEIR CORRELATION WITH HGF EXPRESSION
CA2943834A1 (en) 2014-03-31 2015-10-08 Genentech, Inc. Combination therapy comprising anti-angiogenesis agents and ox40 binding agonists
US9388239B2 (en) 2014-05-01 2016-07-12 Consejo Nacional De Investigation Cientifica Anti-human VEGF antibodies with unusually strong binding affinity to human VEGF-A and cross reactivity to human VEGF-B
JP6715186B2 (en) 2014-05-06 2020-07-01 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Production of heteromultimeric proteins using mammalian cells
WO2016011052A1 (en) 2014-07-14 2016-01-21 Genentech, Inc. Diagnostic methods and compositions for treatment of glioblastoma
US20170216403A1 (en) 2014-08-12 2017-08-03 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Synergistic tumor treatment with il-2, a therapeutic antibody, and an immune checkpoint blocker
CA2957717C (en) 2014-08-12 2021-10-19 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Synergistic tumor treatment with il-2 and integrin-binding-fc-fusion protein
SG11201701867SA (en) 2014-09-09 2017-04-27 Janssen Biotech Inc Combination therapies with anti-cd38 antibodies
EP3191127A1 (en) 2014-09-13 2017-07-19 Novartis AG Combination therapies of egfr inhibitors
KR20170057339A (en) 2014-09-15 2017-05-24 제넨테크, 인크. Antibody formulations
MA40764A (en) 2014-09-26 2017-08-01 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd THERAPEUTIC AGENT INDUCING CYTOTOXICITY
BR112017006664A2 (en) 2014-10-03 2017-12-26 Novartis Ag combination therapies
MA41044A (en) 2014-10-08 2017-08-15 Novartis Ag COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE FOR INCREASED IMMUNE RESPONSE AND CANCER TREATMENT
JP6877339B2 (en) 2014-10-14 2021-05-26 ノバルティス アーゲー Antibody molecule against PD-L1 and its use
CA2960297A1 (en) 2014-11-10 2016-05-19 Genentech, Inc. Anti-interleukin-33 antibodies and uses thereof
EP3227332B1 (en) 2014-12-03 2019-11-06 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Multispecific antibodies
AU2015358615B2 (en) 2014-12-04 2021-08-05 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Anti-CD38 antibodies for treatment of acute myeloid leukemia
US20170340733A1 (en) 2014-12-19 2017-11-30 Novartis Ag Combination therapies
RU2710735C2 (en) 2014-12-23 2020-01-10 Дженентек, Инк. Compositions and methods of treating and diagnosing cancer-resistant cancer
PL3040075T3 (en) * 2014-12-30 2018-03-30 Curadis Gmbh C-19 steroids for inhibiting neovascularization
US11142587B2 (en) 2015-04-01 2021-10-12 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Method for producing polypeptide hetero-oligomer
CA2980189A1 (en) 2015-04-24 2016-10-27 Genentech, Inc. Multispecific antigen-binding proteins
US11318131B2 (en) 2015-05-18 2022-05-03 Ipsen Biopharm Ltd. Nanoliposomal irinotecan for use in treating small cell lung cancer
MY198983A (en) 2015-05-20 2023-10-06 Janssen Biotech Inc Anti-cd38 antibodies for treatment of light chain amyloidosis and other cd38-positive hematological malignancies
WO2016200835A1 (en) 2015-06-08 2016-12-15 Genentech, Inc. Methods of treating cancer using anti-ox40 antibodies and pd-1 axis binding antagonists
AU2016282674B2 (en) 2015-06-22 2022-01-13 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Combination therapies for heme malignancies with anti-CD38 antibodies and survivin inhibitors
US20170044265A1 (en) 2015-06-24 2017-02-16 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Immune Modulation and Treatment of Solid Tumors with Antibodies that Specifically Bind CD38
EP3878465A1 (en) 2015-07-29 2021-09-15 Novartis AG Combination therapies comprising antibody molecules to tim-3
EP3964528A1 (en) 2015-07-29 2022-03-09 Novartis AG Combination therapies comprising antibody molecules to lag-3
ES2848118T3 (en) 2015-08-20 2021-08-05 Ipsen Biopharm Ltd Combination therapy using liposomal irinotecan and a PARP inhibitor for the treatment of cancer
BR112018002941B1 (en) 2015-08-21 2023-12-05 Ipsen Biopharm Ltd USE OF LIPOSOMAL IRINOTECAN, OXALIPLATIN, LEUCOVORIN AND 5-FLUOROURACIL IN FIRST-LINE TREATMENT OF METASTATIC ADENOCARCINOMA OF THE PANCREAS
MA42844A (en) 2015-09-17 2018-07-25 Immunogen Inc THERAPEUTIC COMBINATIONS INCLUDING ANTI-FOLR1 IMMUNOCONJUGATES
CN116987187A (en) 2015-09-23 2023-11-03 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Optimized variants of anti-VEGF antibodies
CA3001362C (en) 2015-10-30 2020-10-13 Genentech, Inc. Anti-htra1 antibodies and methods of use thereof
US10781261B2 (en) 2015-11-03 2020-09-22 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Subcutaneous formulations of anti-CD38 antibodies and their uses
DK3370770T3 (en) 2015-11-03 2021-03-01 Janssen Biotech Inc SUBCUTANEOUS FORMULATIONS OF ANTI-CD38 ANTIBODIES AND USES THEREOF
KR20180072821A (en) 2015-11-03 2018-06-29 얀센 바이오테크 인코포레이티드 Antibodies that specifically bind to PD-1 and uses thereof
MX2018007423A (en) 2015-12-17 2018-11-09 Novartis Ag Antibody molecules to pd-1 and uses thereof.
SG10202007025PA (en) 2016-03-14 2020-08-28 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Cell injury inducing therapeutic drug for use in cancer therapy
CN109069638B (en) 2016-03-24 2022-03-29 璟尚生物制药公司 Trispecific inhibitors for cancer therapy
JP2019515670A (en) 2016-04-15 2019-06-13 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Methods for monitoring and treating cancer
CA3019921A1 (en) 2016-04-15 2017-10-19 Genentech, Inc. Methods for monitoring and treating cancer
JP7050702B2 (en) 2016-07-08 2022-04-08 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Methods for diagnosing and treating cancer based on the expression status and mutation status of NRF2 and its downstream target gene
JP2019524706A (en) 2016-07-08 2019-09-05 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Use of human epididymis protein 4 (HE4) to assess responsiveness of MUC16 positive cancer treatment
EA201990979A1 (en) 2016-11-02 2019-09-30 Ипсен Биофарм Лтд. METHODS FOR TREATING GASTROINTESTINAL CANCER USING COMBINATION TYPES OF THERAPY CONTAINING LIPOSOMAL IRINOTECAN AND OXALALPLATIN
US10537637B2 (en) 2017-01-05 2020-01-21 Gensun Biopharma Inc. Checkpoint regulator antagonists
US10350266B2 (en) 2017-01-10 2019-07-16 Nodus Therapeutics, Inc. Method of treating cancer with a multiple integrin binding Fc fusion protein
CA3049656A1 (en) 2017-01-10 2018-07-19 Nodus Therapeutics Combination tumor treatment with an integrin-binding-fc fusion protein and immune modulator
MX2019010295A (en) 2017-03-01 2019-11-21 Genentech Inc Diagnostic and therapeutic methods for cancer.
US20200172628A1 (en) 2017-06-22 2020-06-04 Novartis Ag Antibody molecules to cd73 and uses thereof
US11312783B2 (en) 2017-06-22 2022-04-26 Novartis Ag Antibody molecules to CD73 and uses thereof
WO2019089832A1 (en) 2017-10-31 2019-05-09 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Methods of treating high risk multiple myeloma
CN111479588A (en) 2017-12-29 2020-07-31 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Methods for improving VEGF receptor blocking selectivity of anti-VEGF antibodies
CA3097067A1 (en) 2018-04-16 2019-10-24 Onquality Pharmaceuticals China Ltd. Method for preventing or treating side effects of cancer therapy
SG11202011633SA (en) 2018-05-24 2020-12-30 Janssen Biotech Inc Psma binding agents and uses thereof
UY38247A (en) 2018-05-30 2019-12-31 Novartis Ag ANTIBODIES AGAINST ENTPD2, COMBINATION THERAPIES AND METHODS OF USE OF ANTIBODIES AND COMBINATION THERAPIES
WO2019232244A2 (en) 2018-05-31 2019-12-05 Novartis Ag Antibody molecules to cd73 and uses thereof
US10597453B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2020-03-24 Gensun Biopharma, Inc. Antitumor immune checkpoint regulator antagonists
KR20210079311A (en) 2018-10-18 2021-06-29 제넨테크, 인크. Diagnosis and treatment methods for sarcoma renal cancer
EP3956022A1 (en) 2019-04-19 2022-02-23 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Methods of treating prostate cancer with an anti- psma/cd3 antibody
AU2020270376A1 (en) 2019-05-03 2021-10-07 Genentech, Inc. Methods of treating cancer with an anti-PD-L1 antibody
CN112010971A (en) * 2019-05-30 2020-12-01 义慧科技(深圳)有限公司 Application of anti-VEGF antibody in preparation of medicine for preventing and/or treating fatty liver
EP3990116A1 (en) 2019-06-28 2022-05-04 Gensun Biopharma Inc. ANTITUMOR ANTAGONIST CONSISTING OF A MUTATED TGFß1 - RII EXTRACELLULAR DOMAIN AND AN IMMUNOGLOBULIN SCAFFOLD
JP2022548881A (en) 2019-09-18 2022-11-22 ノバルティス アーゲー ENTPD2 Antibodies, Combination Therapy and Methods of Using Antibodies and Combination Therapy
IL296256A (en) 2020-03-13 2022-11-01 Genentech Inc Anti-interleukin-33 antibodies and uses thereof
WO2021202959A1 (en) 2020-04-03 2021-10-07 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer
EP4171617A1 (en) 2020-06-30 2023-05-03 Mendus B.V. Use of leukemia-derived cells in ovarian cancer vaccines
JP2023550028A (en) 2020-11-13 2023-11-30 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Methods and compositions comprising KRASG12C inhibitors and VEGF inhibitors for treating solid tumors
KR20230135075A (en) 2021-01-22 2023-09-22 멘두스 비.브이. Tumor Vaccination Method
KR20230137393A (en) 2021-01-28 2023-10-04 얀센 바이오테크 인코포레이티드 PSMA binding protein and its uses
EP4304633A1 (en) 2021-03-12 2024-01-17 Mendus B.V. Methods of vaccination and use of cd47 blockade
KR20220141572A (en) 2021-04-13 2022-10-20 김문재 vehicle
EP4330436A1 (en) 2021-04-30 2024-03-06 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic and diagnostic methods and compositions for cancer
US20220389120A1 (en) 2021-06-03 2022-12-08 Gensun Biopharma Inc. Multispecific antagonists
CN113244388A (en) * 2021-07-01 2021-08-13 江苏先声药业有限公司 Application of anti-human VEGF antibody and chemical drug combination in preparation of drugs for treating ovarian cancer
AU2022302170A1 (en) 2021-07-02 2023-12-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Methods and compositions for treating cancer
WO2023010095A1 (en) 2021-07-28 2023-02-02 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Methods and compositions for treating cancer
WO2023080900A1 (en) 2021-11-05 2023-05-11 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for classifying and treating kidney cancer

Family Cites Families (81)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3773919A (en) 1969-10-23 1973-11-20 Du Pont Polylactide-drug mixtures
US4179337A (en) 1973-07-20 1979-12-18 Davis Frank F Non-immunogenic polypeptides
USRE30985E (en) 1978-01-01 1982-06-29 Serum-free cell culture media
FR2413974A1 (en) 1978-01-06 1979-08-03 David Bernard DRYER FOR SCREEN-PRINTED SHEETS
JPS6023084B2 (en) 1979-07-11 1985-06-05 味の素株式会社 blood substitute
WO1981001145A1 (en) 1979-10-18 1981-04-30 Univ Illinois Hydrolytic enzyme-activatible pro-drugs
US4419446A (en) 1980-12-31 1983-12-06 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Recombinant DNA process utilizing a papilloma virus DNA as a vector
US4485045A (en) 1981-07-06 1984-11-27 Research Corporation Synthetic phosphatidyl cholines useful in forming liposomes
NZ201705A (en) 1981-08-31 1986-03-14 Genentech Inc Recombinant dna method for production of hepatitis b surface antigen in yeast
US4640835A (en) 1981-10-30 1987-02-03 Nippon Chemiphar Company, Ltd. Plasminogen activator derivatives
US4601978A (en) 1982-11-24 1986-07-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Mammalian metallothionein promoter system
US4560655A (en) 1982-12-16 1985-12-24 Immunex Corporation Serum-free cell culture medium and process for making same
US4657866A (en) 1982-12-21 1987-04-14 Sudhir Kumar Serum-free, synthetic, completely chemically defined tissue culture media
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
DD266710A3 (en) 1983-06-06 1989-04-12 Ve Forschungszentrum Biotechnologie Process for the biotechnical production of alkaline phosphatase
US4544545A (en) 1983-06-20 1985-10-01 Trustees University Of Massachusetts Liposomes containing modified cholesterol for organ targeting
US4767704A (en) 1983-10-07 1988-08-30 Columbia University In The City Of New York Protein-free culture medium
US4496689A (en) 1983-12-27 1985-01-29 Miles Laboratories, Inc. Covalently attached complex of alpha-1-proteinase inhibitor with a water soluble polymer
US4965199A (en) 1984-04-20 1990-10-23 Genentech, Inc. Preparation of functional human factor VIII in mammalian cells using methotrexate based selection
US4879231A (en) 1984-10-30 1989-11-07 Phillips Petroleum Company Transformation of yeasts of the genus pichia
DE3675588D1 (en) 1985-06-19 1990-12-20 Ajinomoto Kk HAEMOGLOBIN TIED TO A POLY (ALKENYLENE OXIDE).
GB8516415D0 (en) 1985-06-28 1985-07-31 Celltech Ltd Culture of animal cells
US4676980A (en) 1985-09-23 1987-06-30 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Target specific cross-linked heteroantibodies
WO1987005330A1 (en) 1986-03-07 1987-09-11 Michel Louis Eugene Bergh Method for enhancing glycoprotein stability
US4927762A (en) 1986-04-01 1990-05-22 Cell Enterprises, Inc. Cell culture medium with antioxidant
GB8610600D0 (en) 1986-04-30 1986-06-04 Novo Industri As Transformation of trichoderma
US4791192A (en) 1986-06-26 1988-12-13 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Chemically modified protein with polyethyleneglycol
GB8705477D0 (en) 1987-03-09 1987-04-15 Carlton Med Prod Drug delivery systems
US4975278A (en) 1988-02-26 1990-12-04 Bristol-Myers Company Antibody-enzyme conjugates in combination with prodrugs for the delivery of cytotoxic agents to tumor cells
US5036003A (en) 1987-08-21 1991-07-30 Monsanto Company Antibodies to VPF
DE68925971T2 (en) 1988-09-23 1996-09-05 Cetus Oncology Corp CELL GROWING MEDIUM FOR INCREASED CELL GROWTH, FOR INCREASING LONGEVITY AND EXPRESSION OF PRODUCTS
GB8823869D0 (en) 1988-10-12 1988-11-16 Medical Res Council Production of antibodies
FR2646437B1 (en) 1989-04-28 1991-08-30 Transgene Sa NOVEL DNA SEQUENCES, THEIR APPLICATION AS A SEQUENCE ENCODING A SIGNAL PEPTIDE FOR THE SECRETION OF MATURE PROTEINS BY RECOMBINANT YEASTS, EXPRESSION CASSETTES, PROCESSED YEASTS AND PROCESS FOR PREPARING THE SAME
EP0402226A1 (en) 1989-06-06 1990-12-12 Institut National De La Recherche Agronomique Transformation vectors for yeast yarrowia
DE3920358A1 (en) 1989-06-22 1991-01-17 Behringwerke Ag BISPECIFIC AND OLIGO-SPECIFIC, MONO- AND OLIGOVALENT ANTI-BODY CONSTRUCTS, THEIR PRODUCTION AND USE
EP0739904A1 (en) 1989-06-29 1996-10-30 Medarex, Inc. Bispecific reagents for aids therapy
US5013556A (en) 1989-10-20 1991-05-07 Liposome Technology, Inc. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time
US5625126A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-04-29 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5545806A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-08-13 Genpharm International, Inc. Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
ES2108048T3 (en) 1990-08-29 1997-12-16 Genpharm Int PRODUCTION AND USE OF LOWER TRANSGENIC ANIMALS CAPABLE OF PRODUCING HETEROLOGICAL ANTIBODIES.
US5633425A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-05-27 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
US5661016A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-08-26 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5122469A (en) 1990-10-03 1992-06-16 Genentech, Inc. Method for culturing Chinese hamster ovary cells to improve production of recombinant proteins
DE69129154T2 (en) 1990-12-03 1998-08-20 Genentech Inc METHOD FOR ENRICHING PROTEIN VARIANTS WITH CHANGED BINDING PROPERTIES
CA2083401C (en) 1991-02-22 2003-03-25 Bruce I. Terman Identification of a novel human receptor tyrosine kinase gene
US20010021382A1 (en) 1991-03-29 2001-09-13 Genentech, Inc. Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists
US6582959B2 (en) * 1991-03-29 2003-06-24 Genentech, Inc. Antibodies to vascular endothelial cell growth factor
US20030206899A1 (en) * 1991-03-29 2003-11-06 Genentech, Inc. Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists
OA10149A (en) * 1991-03-29 1996-12-18 Genentech Inc Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists
US20020032313A1 (en) 1991-03-29 2002-03-14 Genentech, Inc. Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists
EP0586505A1 (en) 1991-05-14 1994-03-16 Repligen Corporation Heteroconjugate antibodies for treatment of hiv infection
WO1993008829A1 (en) 1991-11-04 1993-05-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions that mediate killing of hiv-infected cells
JPH07501451A (en) 1991-11-25 1995-02-16 エンゾン・インコーポレイテッド Multivalent antigen binding protein
CA2129663C (en) 1992-02-06 2005-07-05 James S. Huston Biosynthetic binding protein for cancer marker
EP0656064B1 (en) 1992-08-17 1997-03-05 Genentech, Inc. Bispecific immunoadhesins
HU225646B1 (en) 1992-10-28 2007-05-29 Genentech Inc Hvegf receptors as vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists
PL174721B1 (en) 1992-11-13 1998-09-30 Idec Pharma Corp Monoclonal antibody anty-cd2
US5731168A (en) 1995-03-01 1998-03-24 Genentech, Inc. Method for making heteromultimeric polypeptides
IL117645A (en) 1995-03-30 2005-08-31 Genentech Inc Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists for use as medicaments in the treatment of age-related macular degeneration
US20060193862A1 (en) * 1995-03-30 2006-08-31 Genentech, Inc. Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists
US5641870A (en) 1995-04-20 1997-06-24 Genentech, Inc. Low pH hydrophobic interaction chromatography for antibody purification
NZ313503A (en) 1995-07-27 2000-01-28 Inc Genentech Stable isotonic lyophilized protein formulations, such as anti-IgE and anti-HER2 antibody formulations, wherein protein concentration is 2-40 times greater than protein concentration before lyophilization
JPH10114680A (en) 1996-10-08 1998-05-06 Toagosei Co Ltd Carcinostatic agent
EP2301580B1 (en) 1997-04-07 2012-01-18 Genentech, Inc. Container holding anti-VEGF antibodies
US20020032315A1 (en) 1997-08-06 2002-03-14 Manuel Baca Anti-vegf antibodies
US7365166B2 (en) * 1997-04-07 2008-04-29 Genentech, Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies
US20150023951A1 (en) 1997-04-07 2015-01-22 Genentech, Inc. Anti-vegf antibodies
US6884879B1 (en) * 1997-04-07 2005-04-26 Genentech, Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies
ES2236634T3 (en) * 1997-04-07 2005-07-16 Genentech, Inc. ANTI-VEGF ANTIBODIES.
EP0981618B2 (en) 1997-05-15 2011-08-24 Genentech, Inc. Anti-apo-2 antibody
AU2338299A (en) 1998-01-26 1999-08-09 Genentech Inc. Antibodies to death receptor 4 (dr4) and uses thereof
IL143596A0 (en) * 1998-12-22 2002-04-21 Genentech Inc Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists and uses thereof
DE60036915T2 (en) 1999-01-13 2008-08-07 Alchemia Oncology Pty Ltd., Hawthorn USE OF HYALURONAN FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A MEDICAMENT FOR INCREASING THE EFFICACY OF CYTOTOXIC DRUGS
CN1308347C (en) * 1999-04-28 2007-04-04 德克萨斯大学董事会 Compositions and methods for cancer treatment by selectively inhibiting VEGF
US7342016B2 (en) * 2000-08-30 2008-03-11 Schering Corporation Farnesyl protein transferase inhibitors as antitumor agents
RU2177349C1 (en) 2001-02-20 2001-12-27 Центральный научно-исследовательский рентгено-радиологический институт МЗ РФ Method for treating the cases of infiltrating edematous mammary gland cancer
JP2005525368A (en) 2002-03-04 2005-08-25 メディミューン，インコーポレーテッド Method for preventing or treating disorders in which an integrin αvβ3 antagonist is administered in combination with an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor or bisphosphonate
CN1187373C (en) 2002-03-20 2005-02-02 上海中信国健药业有限公司 Human resourced monoclone antibody of anti-blood-vessel endothelium growth factor as well as its preparing method and medicine composition
JP2007525466A (en) * 2003-05-30 2007-09-06 ジェネンテック・インコーポレーテッド Treatment with anti-VEGF antibody
US20070036755A1 (en) * 2004-05-28 2007-02-15 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
TW200812615A (en) 2006-03-22 2008-03-16 Hoffmann La Roche Tumor therapy with an antibody for vascular endothelial growth factor and an antibody for human epithelial growth factor receptor type 2

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070258984A1 (en) * 2003-05-30 2007-11-08 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US20090191215A1 (en) * 2003-05-30 2009-07-30 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-VEGF Antibodies
US7622115B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2009-11-24 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-VEGF antibodies
US20100226880A1 (en) * 2003-05-30 2010-09-09 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US20110123494A1 (en) * 2003-05-30 2011-05-26 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US9795672B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2017-10-24 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-VEGF antibodies
US20100322931A1 (en) * 2009-06-17 2010-12-23 Harding Fiona A Anti-vegf antibodies and their uses
US9079953B2 (en) 2009-06-17 2015-07-14 Abbvie Biotherapeutics Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies and their uses
US9815893B2 (en) 2012-11-30 2017-11-14 Abbvie Biotherapeutics Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies and their uses

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TNSN05300A1 (en) 2007-07-10
KR20180132969A (en) 2018-12-12
US20130195847A1 (en) 2013-08-01
US20070036790A1 (en) 2007-02-15
KR20200034817A (en) 2020-03-31
US20070036754A1 (en) 2007-02-15
US20130028862A1 (en) 2013-01-31
US20070258984A1 (en) 2007-11-08
EP2311875A1 (en) 2011-04-20
ECSP056187A (en) 2006-04-19
RU2009149451A (en) 2011-07-10
US20070148177A1 (en) 2007-06-28
JP2007525466A (en) 2007-09-06
JP2013224301A (en) 2013-10-31
US20070071718A1 (en) 2007-03-29
IL232718A0 (en) 2014-07-31
US20070025999A1 (en) 2007-02-01
US20080248036A1 (en) 2008-10-09
RS20170595A1 (en) 2017-09-29
US20160310592A1 (en) 2016-10-27
IL171833A (en) 2014-12-31
US20080267968A1 (en) 2008-10-30
KR20110118738A (en) 2011-10-31
EP1629010A1 (en) 2006-03-01
US20150359881A1 (en) 2015-12-17
RS20150135A1 (en) 2015-08-31
RU2017109912A3 (en) 2020-05-28
KR20170073698A (en) 2017-06-28
US20110123494A1 (en) 2011-05-26
US20210015918A1 (en) 2021-01-21
RU2519669C2 (en) 2014-06-20
US20200171148A1 (en) 2020-06-04
US20080241148A1 (en) 2008-10-02
WO2005000900A1 (en) 2005-01-06
US20080292631A1 (en) 2008-11-27
CN1829741A (en) 2006-09-06
KR20190085166A (en) 2019-07-17
JP2007326860A (en) 2007-12-20
US20190307881A1 (en) 2019-10-10
US20140178369A1 (en) 2014-06-26
AU2008243227A1 (en) 2008-12-04
RU2014109776A (en) 2015-09-20
RS20160203A1 (en) 2016-10-31
RS20181002A1 (en) 2018-12-31
CN101274098A (en) 2008-10-01
US20180221473A1 (en) 2018-08-09
JP2020121984A (en) 2020-08-13
KR20160014775A (en) 2016-02-11
KR20180014881A (en) 2018-02-09
US20070071748A1 (en) 2007-03-29
EP2248829A1 (en) 2010-11-10
MXPA05012723A (en) 2006-02-08
JP2016074681A (en) 2016-05-12
US20090246173A1 (en) 2009-10-01
US20070154483A1 (en) 2007-07-05
AU2004251168A1 (en) 2005-01-06
ME00425B (en) 2011-10-10
US20070036753A1 (en) 2007-02-15
ZA200509059B (en) 2007-01-31
CO5640150A2 (en) 2006-05-31
RU2017109912A (en) 2019-01-23
US20090191215A1 (en) 2009-07-30
US20080279860A1 (en) 2008-11-13
MA27854A1 (en) 2006-04-03
JP2018012705A (en) 2018-01-25
US20050186208A1 (en) 2005-08-25
IL235814A0 (en) 2014-12-31
KR20150008458A (en) 2015-01-22
CR8108A (en) 2007-06-20
US20070031413A1 (en) 2007-02-08
US20070160608A1 (en) 2007-07-12
US20090053216A1 (en) 2009-02-26
US20100226880A1 (en) 2010-09-09
US20090010883A1 (en) 2009-01-08
US20070148178A1 (en) 2007-06-28
US20230218755A1 (en) 2023-07-13
NO20056236L (en) 2006-02-28
US20160304594A1 (en) 2016-10-20
RU2005136988A (en) 2006-06-10
KR20120104408A (en) 2012-09-20
KR20060006975A (en) 2006-01-20
JP2019055965A (en) 2019-04-11
NZ621449A (en) 2015-07-31
US7622115B2 (en) 2009-11-24
US20080160029A1 (en) 2008-07-03
RS20050885A (en) 2008-04-04
KR20160114727A (en) 2016-10-05
EP2251355A1 (en) 2010-11-17
US20070071749A1 (en) 2007-03-29
CA2526085A1 (en) 2005-01-06
US20080292630A1 (en) 2008-11-27
BRPI0411200A (en) 2006-07-18
IL246594A0 (en) 2016-08-31
US20080248049A1 (en) 2008-10-09
UA101945C2 (en) 2013-05-27
US20090010881A1 (en) 2009-01-08
JP2011144188A (en) 2011-07-28
US9795672B2 (en) 2017-10-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20230218755A1 (en) Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
US20070036755A1 (en) Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION